whiteknighte personal page - To The Moon

whiteknighte

whiteknighte

No personal profile

52Follow

1Followers

3Topic

0Badge

2021-06-21

Good

Sorry, the original content has been removed

2021-06-21

See how

Sorry, the original content has been removed

2021-05-30

Who is next

Why has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?

2021-03-27

Good chance

Education stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.

2021-03-27

Pi

Sorry, the original content has been removed

2021-03-26

Good

A detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?

Go to Tiger App to see more news

{"i18n":{"language":"en_US"},"userPageInfo":{"id":"3579388711522687","uuid":"3579388711522687","gmtCreate":1616296184031,"gmtModify":1617243232465,"name":"whiteknighte","pinyin":"whiteknighte","introduction":"","introductionEn":"","signature":"","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","hat":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/f84d87792f02cf78e80ee34979fd31e5","hatId":"ca_profile_frame_5b7Fd6","hatName":"","vip":1,"status":2,"fanSize":1,"headSize":52,"tweetSize":10,"questionSize":0,"limitLevel":999,"accountStatus":4,"level":{"id":1,"name":"萌萌虎","nameTw":"萌萌虎","represent":"呱呱坠地","factor":"评论帖子3次或发布1条主帖（非转发）","iconColor":"3C9E83","bgColor":"A2F1D9"},"themeCounts":3,"badgeCounts":0,"badges":[],"moderator":false,"superModerator":false,"manageSymbols":null,"badgeLevel":null,"boolIsFan":false,"boolIsHead":false,"favoriteSize":0,"symbols":null,"coverImage":null,"realNameVerified":"success","userBadges":[{"badgeId":"1026c425416b44e0aac28c11a0848493-4","templateUuid":"1026c425416b44e0aac28c11a0848493","name":"Tiger Star","description":"Join the tiger community for 2000 days","bigImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/dddf24b906c7011de2617d4fb3f76987","smallImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/53d58ad32c97254c6f74db8b97e6ec49","grayImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/6304700d92ad91c7a33e2e92ec32ecc1","redirectLinkEnabled":0,"redirectLinkType":null,"redirectLink":null,"redirectLinkValidityFrom":null,"redirectLinkValidityTo":null,"hasAllocated":1,"isWearing":0,"stamp":null,"stampPosition":0,"hasStamp":0,"allocationCount":1,"allocatedDate":"2026.09.12","exceedPercentage":null,"individualDisplayEnabled":0,"backgroundColor":null,"fontColor":null,"individualDisplaySort":0,"categoryType":1001,"isScarce":0,"effectEnabled":0,"plateImgUrl":null,"plateColors":null,"validityTo":null,"validityToTimestamp":null,"wearingSort":0},{"badgeId":"44212b71d0be4ec88898348dbe882e03-3","templateUuid":"44212b71d0be4ec88898348dbe882e03","name":"President Tiger","description":"The transaction amount of the securities account reaches $1,000,000","bigImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/fbeac6bb240db7da8b972e5183d050ba","smallImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/436cdf80292b99f0a992e78750ac4e3a","grayImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/506a259a7b456f037592c3b23c779599","redirectLinkEnabled":0,"redirectLinkType":null,"redirectLink":null,"redirectLinkValidityFrom":null,"redirectLinkValidityTo":null,"hasAllocated":1,"isWearing":0,"stamp":null,"stampPosition":0,"hasStamp":0,"allocationCount":1,"allocatedDate":"2021.12.22","exceedPercentage":"93.96%","individualDisplayEnabled":0,"backgroundColor":null,"fontColor":null,"individualDisplaySort":0,"categoryType":1101,"isScarce":0,"effectEnabled":0,"plateImgUrl":null,"plateColors":null,"validityTo":null,"validityToTimestamp":null,"wearingSort":0},{"badgeId":"7a9f168ff73447fe856ed6c938b61789-1","templateUuid":"7a9f168ff73447fe856ed6c938b61789","name":"Knowledgeable Investor","description":"Traded more than 10 stocks","bigImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/e74cc24115c4fbae6154ec1b1041bf47","smallImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d48265cbfd97c57f9048db29f22227b0","grayImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/76c6d6898b073c77e1c537ebe9ac1c57","redirectLinkEnabled":0,"redirectLinkType":null,"redirectLink":null,"redirectLinkValidityFrom":null,"redirectLinkValidityTo":null,"hasAllocated":1,"isWearing":0,"stamp":null,"stampPosition":0,"hasStamp":0,"allocationCount":1,"allocatedDate":"2021.12.21","exceedPercentage":null,"individualDisplayEnabled":0,"backgroundColor":null,"fontColor":null,"individualDisplaySort":0,"categoryType":1102,"isScarce":0,"effectEnabled":0,"plateImgUrl":null,"plateColors":null,"validityTo":null,"validityToTimestamp":null,"wearingSort":0},{"badgeId":"a83d7582f45846ffbccbce770ce65d84-1","templateUuid":"a83d7582f45846ffbccbce770ce65d84","name":"Real Trader","description":"Completed a transaction","bigImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2e08a1cc2087a1de93402c2c290fa65b","smallImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/4504a6397ce1137932d56e5f4ce27166","grayImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/4b22c79415b4cd6e3d8ebc4a0fa32604","redirectLinkEnabled":0,"redirectLinkType":null,"redirectLink":null,"redirectLinkValidityFrom":null,"redirectLinkValidityTo":null,"hasAllocated":1,"isWearing":0,"stamp":null,"stampPosition":0,"hasStamp":0,"allocationCount":1,"allocatedDate":"2021.12.21","exceedPercentage":null,"individualDisplayEnabled":0,"backgroundColor":null,"fontColor":null,"individualDisplaySort":0,"categoryType":1100,"isScarce":0,"effectEnabled":0,"plateImgUrl":null,"plateColors":null,"validityTo":null,"validityToTimestamp":null,"wearingSort":0},{"badgeId":"972123088c9646f7b6091ae0662215be-3","templateUuid":"972123088c9646f7b6091ae0662215be","name":"Legendary Trader","description":"Total number of securities or futures transactions reached 300","bigImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/656db16598a0b8f21429e10d6c1cb033","smallImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/03f10910d4dd9234f9b5702a3342193a","grayImgUrl":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0c767e35268feb729d50d3fa9a386c5a","redirectLinkEnabled":0,"redirectLinkType":null,"redirectLink":null,"redirectLinkValidityFrom":null,"redirectLinkValidityTo":null,"hasAllocated":1,"isWearing":0,"stamp":null,"stampPosition":0,"hasStamp":0,"allocationCount":1,"allocatedDate":"2021.12.21","exceedPercentage":"93.31%","individualDisplayEnabled":0,"backgroundColor":null,"fontColor":null,"individualDisplaySort":0,"categoryType":1100,"isScarce":0,"effectEnabled":0,"plateImgUrl":null,"plateColors":null,"validityTo":null,"validityToTimestamp":null,"wearingSort":0}],"userBadgeCount":5,"currentWearingBadge":null,"individualDisplayBadges":null,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"location":null,"starInvestorFollowerNum":0,"starInvestorFlag":false,"starInvestorOrderShareNum":0,"subscribeStarInvestorNum":15,"ror":null,"winRationPercentage":null,"showRor":false,"investmentPhilosophy":null,"starInvestorSubscribeFlag":false},"baikeInfo":{},"tab":"post","tweets":[{"id":164413715,"gmtCreate":1624233119437,"gmtModify":1703830931999,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/164413715","repostId":"2145704051","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5728,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":164413295,"gmtCreate":1624233099517,"gmtModify":1703830931837,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"See how","listText":"See how","text":"See how","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/164413295","repostId":"2145704051","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5185,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":137552517,"gmtCreate":1622367813339,"gmtModify":1704183536600,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Who is next","listText":"Who is next","text":"Who is next","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/137552517","repostId":"1136357756","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1136357756","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1622246389,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/1136357756?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-05-29 07:59","market":"hk","language":"zh","title":"Why has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1136357756","media":"砺石商业评论","summary":"砺石导语：此次Redmi Note 10系列的发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，","content":"<p><b>Lishi Introduction:</b>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi once again demonstrates its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration on its most core component chips. This will undoubtedly further expand its reach.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/5RE.SI\">smart</a>Market share advantages in the mobile phone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them. 1</p><p>Since the second half of 2020, the global smartphone industry has entered a vicious cycle: many well-known manufacturers have significantly raised the prices of their high-end phones, while secretly lowering the configurations of their mid-range phones. Some flagship phones have also been delayed in their release. Behind this is the fact that the global smart hardware industry is facing a severe \"chip shortage\" crisis.</p><p>This crisis is not only affecting the smartphone industry, but also multiple industries such as automobiles, televisions, and laptops. After systematically analyzing the crisis, Lishi Business Review found that its root cause lies in the combination of multiple factors.</p><p>First, smartphones have always been a major consumer of chips, and the smartphone industry is currently undergoing a shift from 4G phones to 5G phones. 5G phones require twice as many chips as 4G phones, which has led to a significant increase in chip demand.</p><p>Secondly, starting from the second half of 2020, sales of intelligent electric vehicles have generally experienced explosive growth globally. The intelligentization and electrification of automobiles have also led to a several-fold increase in the demand for chips.</p><p>Secondly, due to the demand for working from home brought about by the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, laptop sales have surged despite the sluggish market in previous years, which in turn has led to an increase in the demand for chips. In addition, the large-scale popularization of 5G-related IoT devices such as smart homes and smart wearables has also increased the demand for chips.</p><p>While 5G phones, smart electric vehicles, IoT devices, and laptops have led to a surge in chip demand, on the supply side, chip manufacturers have reduced production capacity and delayed investment due to the outbreak of the pandemic, resulting in insufficient chip supply. To make matters worse, heavy snow in Austin, USA, a fire at Renesas Electronics in Japan, and...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/STM\">STMicroelectronics</a>The strikes have further exacerbated the chip supply shortage.</p><p><b>On the one hand, there is a surge in demand, and on the other hand, there is a sharp decline in supply. This rise and fall has led to the chip shortage crisis we are seeing today, which is affecting the entire industry.</b>It is understood that this global chip shortage will continue for at least another year, with the third quarter of this year expected to be the most severe phase. In this context, some smartphone manufacturers have been forced to adopt measures such as the aforementioned high-end price increases, mid-range feature reductions, and flagship release delays.</p><p>However, recently, a smartphone company has gone against the trend. Instead of following the example of other competitors, it has significantly improved the chip configuration of phones in the same class while keeping the price unchanged. It's important to understand that the most severe shortage in this chip crisis is precisely high-end chips.</p><p>This company was somewhat surprising, because it was none other than Xiaomi Group, which had long been considered by the industry to have certain shortcomings in the hardware supply chain.</p><p>2</p><p>On May 26, 2021, Redmi, a brand under Xiaomi Group, held a new product launch event themed \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" at its Beijing headquarters. At the event, the Redmi Note 10 series Note 10 Pro and Note 10 5G smartphones were officially released. Among them, the 6+128GB version of the Note 10 Pro starts at 1499 yuan, and the 4+128GB version of the Redmi Note 10 starts at 999 yuan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/722eb9c4fc80519c292080890b50796f\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"1440\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Despite such an affordable price, the Note 10 series boasts considerable product power. Especially in the chip field, which consumers are most concerned about, the Redmi Note 10 Pro unexpectedly uses the Dimensity 1100 chip. Readers familiar with the chip industry know that the Dimensity 1100, alongside the Dimensity 1200, is the latest 5G flagship chip released by the well-known chip manufacturer MediaTek in 2021, mainly used in mid-to-high-end smartphones priced above 2,000 yuan.</p><p>The Dimensity 1100 uses the same technology as the Dimensity 1200.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TSM\">TSMC</a>With its 6nm process and A78 large-core and 8-core architecture, the AnTuTu V9 achieved a benchmark score of over 690,000, nearly doubling its performance compared to its predecessor.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/QCOM\">Qualcomm</a>The flagship chip Snapdragon 865, released last year, is 32% higher than Qualcomm's mid-range Snapdragon 778 and 65% higher than the Snapdragon 768G. The Note 10 Pro uses the Dimensity 1100 chip, marking the first time Xiaomi Group has equipped the Redmi Note 10 series, which is positioned as a mid-range product, with a flagship-level chip, making it arguably the most powerful Note series phone in history.</p><p>Although the Redmi Note 10 starts at only 999 yuan, it also uses a 5G chip that supports 5G + 5G dual SIM dual standby. This is the first time in the industry that Redmi has priced its 5G phones below 1,000 yuan. This will greatly accelerate the popularization of 5G phones in China and force 4G phones to completely exit the market priced above 1,000 yuan.</p><p>In addition, on the same day as the Note 10 series was launched, Redmi also released the first thin and light Ryzen laptop in the RedmiBook Pro series – the RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition. It is equipped with the new \"Zen3\" architecture.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/AMD\">AMD</a>The Ryzen 5000 series standard-voltage processor features a 7nm process, 8 cores, and 16 threads, delivering up to 45W of full performance. It boasts stronger performance and excellent value for money compared to competitors' products in the same price range, making it arguably the most worthwhile large-screen, thin, and light Ryzen laptop to buy in the 5000 yuan price range.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d5e348187c69b09c92255d7d52819ab6\" tg-width=\"880\" tg-height=\"585\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><b>Whether it's the Note 10 Pro, Note 10, or RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition, we've all seen that Redmi has adopted superior configurations compared to other products in the same price range in the core chip field. So, when the chip shortage crisis hit the entire smart hardware industry, why was Xiaomi Group able to rise against the trend?</b></p><p>Lu Weibing, Partner of Xiaomi Group, President of China and International Department, and General Manager of Redmi Brand, said at the \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" launch event that the chip shortage will greatly test a company's values. \"Adhering to high-quality materials, adhering to the popularization of high-end products, and adhering to extreme cost-effectiveness\" are the core values of the Redmi brand. These values determine that the Redmi brand will not reduce chip configuration or raise prices due to short-term difficulties.</p><p><b>However, I believe that while adhering to values is one of the important reasons why Xiaomi took this move, the more fundamental reason is that Xiaomi has made up for its shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and improved its systemic capabilities in recent years.</b>If Xiaomi didn't have strong control over the upstream supply chain, it would have been extremely difficult to improve its chip configuration and ensure the normal supply of ordinary chips, let alone keep pricing unchanged. Looking back at 2015-2016, Xiaomi experienced a huge product and sales crisis due to deficiencies in its supply chain capabilities.</p><p><b>Why has Xiaomi made such great progress in its hardware supply chain in just a few years?</b>In my opinion, this stems from a profound reflection by Lei Jun, the founder of Xiaomi Group, who led Xiaomi's core team in 2016. At that time, he deeply realized that the essence of a smartphone is a mobile phone, and it must first master the basic skills of mobile phone hardware such as the supply chain. This led to Lei Jun's appointment as the head of Xiaomi's mobile phone division and the important measure of personally taking charge of product research and development and supply chain construction.</p><p>In addition to Lei Jun personally taking charge, Xiaomi Group also reshuffled its leadership, bringing in Zhang Feng, who had served as the general manager of Nanjing Yinghuada, one of Xiaomi's early most important contract manufacturers, to be directly responsible for Xiaomi Group's supply chain management. Optimizing the core leaders of the supply chain has become a key action to reverse the shortcomings in Xiaomi's supply chain. Zhang Feng lived up to expectations, performing exceptionally well in addressing shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and thus joining the core decision-making team of Xiaomi Group. Currently, Zhang Feng not only serves as Vice President and Chief of Staff of Xiaomi Group and Chairman of the Xiaomi Group Purchasing Committee, but has also been selected as a partner member of Xiaomi Group.</p><p>In terms of specific supply chain improvement measures, Xiaomi Group has been systematically implementing them from three dimensions. First, focusing on quality, Xiaomi replaced unqualified suppliers and chose to cooperate with more capable suppliers. At the same time, Xiaomi Group also established a quality committee, investing dedicated resources and huge costs to improve product quality.</p><p>Secondly, while ensuring product quality, Xiaomi continues to strengthen close ties with suppliers and conduct joint research and development with a higher degree of coupling. For example, Xiaomi established a chip platform department, which has been deeply involved in the joint research and development of suppliers such as Qualcomm and MTK since the product definition stage. This is why we have seen Xiaomi Group replace...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/SMSN.UK\">Samsung</a>It has continuously obtained the first-to-launch rights for each generation of Qualcomm's flagship chips.</p><p>It is also worth mentioning that, in addition to continuously obtaining the first launch rights for Qualcomm's flagship chips, Xiaomi has also repeatedly obtained the first launch rights for MediaTek chips. For example, the Redmi Note 8 series was the first to launch the MediaTek Helio G90T liquid-cooled gaming chip, and the Redmi 10X series was the first to launch the MediaTek Dimensity 820 5G processor.</p><p>Finally, through forward-looking product planning, Xiaomi has been able to avoid arbitrarily canceling orders, which has given the upstream supply chain ample confidence and made them more willing to form a highly trusting and stable cooperative relationship with Xiaomi, thereby ensuring priority supply to Xiaomi during difficult times.</p><p>Furthermore, Xiaomi's improved control over the supply chain is due not only to its efforts in specific aspects of the supply chain but also to its addressing shortcomings in other areas, the most important of which is the most balanced industry structure Xiaomi has built.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/300959\">Online and offline</a>A comprehensive channel system that integrates domestic and overseas channels.</p><p>Firstly, in overseas markets, Xiaomi Group has now entered more than 100 countries and regions around the world. Among them, its smartphone shipments rank among the top five in terms of market share in 62 countries and regions, and it is the largest smartphone brand in 12 countries. Specifically, Xiaomi ranks first in Russia (32.1% market share), first in Spain (35.1% market share), second in Italy, and third in Germany and France. Overall, Xiaomi ranked first in Eastern Europe and third in Western Europe.</p><p>In the domestic market, online sales have always been a traditional advantage for Xiaomi, which goes without saying. Taking advantage of the rise of large shopping malls in various regions, Xiaomi has leveraged its rich product portfolio to proactively focus on channel layout in shopping malls, enabling Xiaomi to achieve a leapfrog development offline.</p><p>It is reported that as of the morning of April 3, 2021, Xiaomi was in Shenyang.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/000031\">Joy City</a>The 5,000th Xiaomi Home store in China has already opened. At last year's Redmi Note 9 series launch event, Lu Weibing said that in the coming year, he would open Xiaomi Home stores in every county town, accelerate the penetration of county-level markets, and ensure that every Mi Fan has a Xiaomi Home next to them. Lu Weibing also stated that by 2021, Xiaomi Home stores will be located in every county across the country. Not long ago, Xiaomi announced that it had completed Xiaomi Home coverage in all counties in the two major provinces of Jiangsu and Henan. In the future, more and more provinces will complete full coverage of Xiaomi Home in all counties.</p><p>In addition, following its rapid progress in county-level markets, Xiaomi has further accelerated its new retail strategy, fully penetrating into township markets. At the press conference, Lu Weibing also set a new goal: to open 10,000 new Xiaomi Home authorized stores in rural areas, so that rural users can enjoy high-quality and cost-effective Xiaomi products.</p><p>Xiaomi Group's integrated online and offline channel system, combining domestic and overseas channels, has fully ensured stable shipments. According to its 2020 financial report, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments reached 146 million units, ranking third globally, and sales of high-end smartphones have exceeded 10 million units. Large-scale and stable shipments have further won the confidence of upstream suppliers in cooperating with Xiaomi, who are willing to prioritize matching them with higher-quality supply chain resources.</p><p>3</p><p>As Xiaomi Group improves its systemic capabilities in areas such as supply chain and channels, the Matthew effect, where the strong get stronger, is emerging in Xiaomi.</p><p>Just the day after the launch of its flagship chip, Xiaomi released its financial report for the first quarter of 2021. Financial reports show that Xiaomi Group's total revenue reached 76.9 billion yuan in the first quarter, a year-on-year increase of 54.7%; Adjusted net profit was 6.1 billion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 163.8%; Earnings per share were RMB 0.302, far exceeding market expectations of RMB 0.187 and RMB 0.089 in the same period last year.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/fe675cc417bbad8f8ea34a9e82324396\" tg-width=\"1070\" tg-height=\"2344\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Among them, the core smartphone business remains the main contributor to Xiaomi Group's performance. In the first quarter of 2021, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments increased by 69.1% year-on-year to 49.4 million units, and its global market share has risen to 14.1%.</p><p>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi has once again demonstrated its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration in its most core component chips. This will inevitably further expand its market share advantage in the smartphone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them.</p><p>----------------------------------------------------</p><p>Good news for Tiger users: Tiger is currently supporting weekend orders! Pre-listing orders are a value-added service provided by Tiger Bros. that allows users to place orders during non-trading hours. Currently, it supports three order types: stop-loss orders, stop-loss limit orders, and limit orders.</p><p>In other words, users can place orders during market closures, such as weekends and other holidays. The orders will be saved by Tiger's trading system and automatically submitted to the exchange after the market opens.</p><p><a href=\"https://www.laohu8.com/post/131820269\" target=\"_blank\">Click to learn more >>></a></p>","source":"lsy1571105524917","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>Why has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhy has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<p class=\"head\">\n<strong class=\"h-name small\">砺石商业评论</strong><span class=\"h-time small\">2021-05-29 07:59</span>\n</p>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p><b>Lishi Introduction:</b>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi once again demonstrates its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration on its most core component chips. This will undoubtedly further expand its reach.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/5RE.SI\">smart</a>Market share advantages in the mobile phone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them. 1</p><p>Since the second half of 2020, the global smartphone industry has entered a vicious cycle: many well-known manufacturers have significantly raised the prices of their high-end phones, while secretly lowering the configurations of their mid-range phones. Some flagship phones have also been delayed in their release. Behind this is the fact that the global smart hardware industry is facing a severe \"chip shortage\" crisis.</p><p>This crisis is not only affecting the smartphone industry, but also multiple industries such as automobiles, televisions, and laptops. After systematically analyzing the crisis, Lishi Business Review found that its root cause lies in the combination of multiple factors.</p><p>First, smartphones have always been a major consumer of chips, and the smartphone industry is currently undergoing a shift from 4G phones to 5G phones. 5G phones require twice as many chips as 4G phones, which has led to a significant increase in chip demand.</p><p>Secondly, starting from the second half of 2020, sales of intelligent electric vehicles have generally experienced explosive growth globally. The intelligentization and electrification of automobiles have also led to a several-fold increase in the demand for chips.</p><p>Secondly, due to the demand for working from home brought about by the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, laptop sales have surged despite the sluggish market in previous years, which in turn has led to an increase in the demand for chips. In addition, the large-scale popularization of 5G-related IoT devices such as smart homes and smart wearables has also increased the demand for chips.</p><p>While 5G phones, smart electric vehicles, IoT devices, and laptops have led to a surge in chip demand, on the supply side, chip manufacturers have reduced production capacity and delayed investment due to the outbreak of the pandemic, resulting in insufficient chip supply. To make matters worse, heavy snow in Austin, USA, a fire at Renesas Electronics in Japan, and...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/STM\">STMicroelectronics</a>The strikes have further exacerbated the chip supply shortage.</p><p><b>On the one hand, there is a surge in demand, and on the other hand, there is a sharp decline in supply. This rise and fall has led to the chip shortage crisis we are seeing today, which is affecting the entire industry.</b>It is understood that this global chip shortage will continue for at least another year, with the third quarter of this year expected to be the most severe phase. In this context, some smartphone manufacturers have been forced to adopt measures such as the aforementioned high-end price increases, mid-range feature reductions, and flagship release delays.</p><p>However, recently, a smartphone company has gone against the trend. Instead of following the example of other competitors, it has significantly improved the chip configuration of phones in the same class while keeping the price unchanged. It's important to understand that the most severe shortage in this chip crisis is precisely high-end chips.</p><p>This company was somewhat surprising, because it was none other than Xiaomi Group, which had long been considered by the industry to have certain shortcomings in the hardware supply chain.</p><p>2</p><p>On May 26, 2021, Redmi, a brand under Xiaomi Group, held a new product launch event themed \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" at its Beijing headquarters. At the event, the Redmi Note 10 series Note 10 Pro and Note 10 5G smartphones were officially released. Among them, the 6+128GB version of the Note 10 Pro starts at 1499 yuan, and the 4+128GB version of the Redmi Note 10 starts at 999 yuan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/722eb9c4fc80519c292080890b50796f\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"1440\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Despite such an affordable price, the Note 10 series boasts considerable product power. Especially in the chip field, which consumers are most concerned about, the Redmi Note 10 Pro unexpectedly uses the Dimensity 1100 chip. Readers familiar with the chip industry know that the Dimensity 1100, alongside the Dimensity 1200, is the latest 5G flagship chip released by the well-known chip manufacturer MediaTek in 2021, mainly used in mid-to-high-end smartphones priced above 2,000 yuan.</p><p>The Dimensity 1100 uses the same technology as the Dimensity 1200.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TSM\">TSMC</a>With its 6nm process and A78 large-core and 8-core architecture, the AnTuTu V9 achieved a benchmark score of over 690,000, nearly doubling its performance compared to its predecessor.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/QCOM\">Qualcomm</a>The flagship chip Snapdragon 865, released last year, is 32% higher than Qualcomm's mid-range Snapdragon 778 and 65% higher than the Snapdragon 768G. The Note 10 Pro uses the Dimensity 1100 chip, marking the first time Xiaomi Group has equipped the Redmi Note 10 series, which is positioned as a mid-range product, with a flagship-level chip, making it arguably the most powerful Note series phone in history.</p><p>Although the Redmi Note 10 starts at only 999 yuan, it also uses a 5G chip that supports 5G + 5G dual SIM dual standby. This is the first time in the industry that Redmi has priced its 5G phones below 1,000 yuan. This will greatly accelerate the popularization of 5G phones in China and force 4G phones to completely exit the market priced above 1,000 yuan.</p><p>In addition, on the same day as the Note 10 series was launched, Redmi also released the first thin and light Ryzen laptop in the RedmiBook Pro series – the RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition. It is equipped with the new \"Zen3\" architecture.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/AMD\">AMD</a>The Ryzen 5000 series standard-voltage processor features a 7nm process, 8 cores, and 16 threads, delivering up to 45W of full performance. It boasts stronger performance and excellent value for money compared to competitors' products in the same price range, making it arguably the most worthwhile large-screen, thin, and light Ryzen laptop to buy in the 5000 yuan price range.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d5e348187c69b09c92255d7d52819ab6\" tg-width=\"880\" tg-height=\"585\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><b>Whether it's the Note 10 Pro, Note 10, or RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition, we've all seen that Redmi has adopted superior configurations compared to other products in the same price range in the core chip field. So, when the chip shortage crisis hit the entire smart hardware industry, why was Xiaomi Group able to rise against the trend?</b></p><p>Lu Weibing, Partner of Xiaomi Group, President of China and International Department, and General Manager of Redmi Brand, said at the \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" launch event that the chip shortage will greatly test a company's values. \"Adhering to high-quality materials, adhering to the popularization of high-end products, and adhering to extreme cost-effectiveness\" are the core values of the Redmi brand. These values determine that the Redmi brand will not reduce chip configuration or raise prices due to short-term difficulties.</p><p><b>However, I believe that while adhering to values is one of the important reasons why Xiaomi took this move, the more fundamental reason is that Xiaomi has made up for its shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and improved its systemic capabilities in recent years.</b>If Xiaomi didn't have strong control over the upstream supply chain, it would have been extremely difficult to improve its chip configuration and ensure the normal supply of ordinary chips, let alone keep pricing unchanged. Looking back at 2015-2016, Xiaomi experienced a huge product and sales crisis due to deficiencies in its supply chain capabilities.</p><p><b>Why has Xiaomi made such great progress in its hardware supply chain in just a few years?</b>In my opinion, this stems from a profound reflection by Lei Jun, the founder of Xiaomi Group, who led Xiaomi's core team in 2016. At that time, he deeply realized that the essence of a smartphone is a mobile phone, and it must first master the basic skills of mobile phone hardware such as the supply chain. This led to Lei Jun's appointment as the head of Xiaomi's mobile phone division and the important measure of personally taking charge of product research and development and supply chain construction.</p><p>In addition to Lei Jun personally taking charge, Xiaomi Group also reshuffled its leadership, bringing in Zhang Feng, who had served as the general manager of Nanjing Yinghuada, one of Xiaomi's early most important contract manufacturers, to be directly responsible for Xiaomi Group's supply chain management. Optimizing the core leaders of the supply chain has become a key action to reverse the shortcomings in Xiaomi's supply chain. Zhang Feng lived up to expectations, performing exceptionally well in addressing shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and thus joining the core decision-making team of Xiaomi Group. Currently, Zhang Feng not only serves as Vice President and Chief of Staff of Xiaomi Group and Chairman of the Xiaomi Group Purchasing Committee, but has also been selected as a partner member of Xiaomi Group.</p><p>In terms of specific supply chain improvement measures, Xiaomi Group has been systematically implementing them from three dimensions. First, focusing on quality, Xiaomi replaced unqualified suppliers and chose to cooperate with more capable suppliers. At the same time, Xiaomi Group also established a quality committee, investing dedicated resources and huge costs to improve product quality.</p><p>Secondly, while ensuring product quality, Xiaomi continues to strengthen close ties with suppliers and conduct joint research and development with a higher degree of coupling. For example, Xiaomi established a chip platform department, which has been deeply involved in the joint research and development of suppliers such as Qualcomm and MTK since the product definition stage. This is why we have seen Xiaomi Group replace...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/SMSN.UK\">Samsung</a>It has continuously obtained the first-to-launch rights for each generation of Qualcomm's flagship chips.</p><p>It is also worth mentioning that, in addition to continuously obtaining the first launch rights for Qualcomm's flagship chips, Xiaomi has also repeatedly obtained the first launch rights for MediaTek chips. For example, the Redmi Note 8 series was the first to launch the MediaTek Helio G90T liquid-cooled gaming chip, and the Redmi 10X series was the first to launch the MediaTek Dimensity 820 5G processor.</p><p>Finally, through forward-looking product planning, Xiaomi has been able to avoid arbitrarily canceling orders, which has given the upstream supply chain ample confidence and made them more willing to form a highly trusting and stable cooperative relationship with Xiaomi, thereby ensuring priority supply to Xiaomi during difficult times.</p><p>Furthermore, Xiaomi's improved control over the supply chain is due not only to its efforts in specific aspects of the supply chain but also to its addressing shortcomings in other areas, the most important of which is the most balanced industry structure Xiaomi has built.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/300959\">Online and offline</a>A comprehensive channel system that integrates domestic and overseas channels.</p><p>Firstly, in overseas markets, Xiaomi Group has now entered more than 100 countries and regions around the world. Among them, its smartphone shipments rank among the top five in terms of market share in 62 countries and regions, and it is the largest smartphone brand in 12 countries. Specifically, Xiaomi ranks first in Russia (32.1% market share), first in Spain (35.1% market share), second in Italy, and third in Germany and France. Overall, Xiaomi ranked first in Eastern Europe and third in Western Europe.</p><p>In the domestic market, online sales have always been a traditional advantage for Xiaomi, which goes without saying. Taking advantage of the rise of large shopping malls in various regions, Xiaomi has leveraged its rich product portfolio to proactively focus on channel layout in shopping malls, enabling Xiaomi to achieve a leapfrog development offline.</p><p>It is reported that as of the morning of April 3, 2021, Xiaomi was in Shenyang.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/000031\">Joy City</a>The 5,000th Xiaomi Home store in China has already opened. At last year's Redmi Note 9 series launch event, Lu Weibing said that in the coming year, he would open Xiaomi Home stores in every county town, accelerate the penetration of county-level markets, and ensure that every Mi Fan has a Xiaomi Home next to them. Lu Weibing also stated that by 2021, Xiaomi Home stores will be located in every county across the country. Not long ago, Xiaomi announced that it had completed Xiaomi Home coverage in all counties in the two major provinces of Jiangsu and Henan. In the future, more and more provinces will complete full coverage of Xiaomi Home in all counties.</p><p>In addition, following its rapid progress in county-level markets, Xiaomi has further accelerated its new retail strategy, fully penetrating into township markets. At the press conference, Lu Weibing also set a new goal: to open 10,000 new Xiaomi Home authorized stores in rural areas, so that rural users can enjoy high-quality and cost-effective Xiaomi products.</p><p>Xiaomi Group's integrated online and offline channel system, combining domestic and overseas channels, has fully ensured stable shipments. According to its 2020 financial report, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments reached 146 million units, ranking third globally, and sales of high-end smartphones have exceeded 10 million units. Large-scale and stable shipments have further won the confidence of upstream suppliers in cooperating with Xiaomi, who are willing to prioritize matching them with higher-quality supply chain resources.</p><p>3</p><p>As Xiaomi Group improves its systemic capabilities in areas such as supply chain and channels, the Matthew effect, where the strong get stronger, is emerging in Xiaomi.</p><p>Just the day after the launch of its flagship chip, Xiaomi released its financial report for the first quarter of 2021. Financial reports show that Xiaomi Group's total revenue reached 76.9 billion yuan in the first quarter, a year-on-year increase of 54.7%; Adjusted net profit was 6.1 billion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 163.8%; Earnings per share were RMB 0.302, far exceeding market expectations of RMB 0.187 and RMB 0.089 in the same period last year.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/fe675cc417bbad8f8ea34a9e82324396\" tg-width=\"1070\" tg-height=\"2344\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Among them, the core smartphone business remains the main contributor to Xiaomi Group's performance. In the first quarter of 2021, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments increased by 69.1% year-on-year to 49.4 million units, and its global market share has risen to 14.1%.</p><p>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi has once again demonstrated its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration in its most core component chips. This will inevitably further expand its market share advantage in the smartphone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them.</p><p>----------------------------------------------------</p><p>Good news for Tiger users: Tiger is currently supporting weekend orders! Pre-listing orders are a value-added service provided by Tiger Bros. that allows users to place orders during non-trading hours. Currently, it supports three order types: stop-loss orders, stop-loss limit orders, and limit orders.</p><p>In other words, users can place orders during market closures, such as weekends and other holidays. The orders will be saved by Tiger's trading system and automatically submitted to the exchange after the market opens.</p><p><a href=\"https://www.laohu8.com/post/131820269\" target=\"_blank\">Click to learn more >>></a></p>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n<p> source：<a href=\"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/vkzSbfWPnNNDyMx5j7qezw\">砺石商业评论</a></p>\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/68c4631119b178af4b9403c186b427c8","relate_stocks":{"01810":"小米集团-W"},"source_url":"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/vkzSbfWPnNNDyMx5j7qezw","is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1136357756","content_text":"砺石导语：此次Redmi Note 10系列的发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，未来将带来什么样的惊喜，值得我们继续期待。1从2020年下半年开始，全球智能手机行业便进入一个怪圈，就是很多知名厂商旗下的高端手机纷纷大幅涨价，中端手机却私下偷偷降低配置，还有一些旗舰手机迟迟无法发布，在此背后是全球智能硬件产业正在遭遇着一场严峻的“芯片短缺”危机。这种危机不只是影响到智能手机产业，还影响到汽车、电视与笔记本电脑等多个产业。《砺石商业评论》在系统分析这场危机后发现，其根源在于多项因素的叠加。首先，智能手机一直以来是芯片需求的大户，而目前智能手机行业正在经历着从4G手机向5G手机的转移，5G手机所需要芯片数量是4G手机的2倍，这导致芯片需求大大增加。其次，从2020年下半年开始，在全球范围内，智能电动汽车的销量都普遍出现爆发式增长。汽车的智能化与电动化，也带来芯片需求的数倍增长。再次，由于新冠肺炎疫情爆发带来的在家办公需求，笔记本电脑一反往年的市场低迷状况而出现销量井喷，进而带来芯片需求的增加。另外，与5G相关的智能家居、智能穿戴等物联网设备的大规模普及，也加大了芯片的需求。而在5G手机、智能电动汽车、物联网设备与笔记本电脑等造成芯片需求大增的同时，在供给端，芯片厂商却因为疫情爆发而减少产能、延缓投资导致芯片供给不足。另外，雪上加霜的是，美国奥斯汀州的大雪，日本瑞萨电子的火灾，以及意法半导体的罢工都进一步加剧了芯片的供给不足。一方面是需求侧的暴增，另一方面是供给侧的大幅下跌，这一涨一跌便导致了今天我们看到的波及全行业的芯片短缺危机。据悉，这次全球缺芯现象还将持续至少一年的时间，其中预计今年第三季度将进入最严重的阶段。在这种情况下，一些智能手机厂商便被迫采用了例如前文提到的高端涨价，中端减配与旗舰发布延迟等措施。不过就在近日，有一家智能手机企业却逆势而上，其不仅没有效仿其他友商的类似方式，相反在保持价格不变的情况下，大大提高了同级别手机的芯片配置。要知道，在这次芯片危机中，短缺最严重的正是高端芯片。这家企业也多少有些让人意外，因为其不是别家，而是过去长期曾被行业认为在硬件供应链领域存在一定能力短板的小米集团。22021年5月26日，小米集团旗下品牌Redmi在北京总部举办了“旗舰芯 小金刚”为主题的新品发布会，在这次发布会上正式发布了Redmi Note 10系列的Note 10 Pro与Note 10 5G两款手机。其中，6+128GB版本的Note 10 Pro起售价为1499元，4+128GB版本的Redmi Note 10起售价为999元。在如此亲民的价格下，Note 10系列的产品力却相当可观。尤其在消费者最为关注的芯片领域，Redmi Note 10 Pro竟意外采用了天玑1100芯片。对芯片领域较为熟悉的读者都了解，天玑1100与天玑1200并列，是著名的芯片厂商联发科在2021年最新发布的5G旗舰芯片，主要应用在2000元以上的中高端智能手机。天玑1100采用的是与天玑1200相同的台积电6nm制程，以及A78大核与8核架构，安兔兔V9跑分超过69万，性能相比上代接近翻倍，跑分性能超过高通去年发布的旗舰芯片骁龙865，比高通旗下中端的骁龙778高32%，比骁龙768G高65%。此次Note 10 Pro采用天玑1100芯片，是小米集团第一次在定位中端产品的Redmi Note 10系列“越级”配备了一款旗舰级别的芯片，堪称史上性能最强的Note系列手机。Redmi Note 10虽然起售价只有999元，但在芯片配置上也越级使用了支持5G+5G双卡双待的5G芯片。此次Redmi将5G手机做到千元以下，在行业内尚属首次，这将大大加速5G手机在国内的普及，也将迫使4G手机彻底退出千元以上市场。另外，在Note 10系列发布当天，Redmi品牌还发布了RedmiBook Pro系列的首款轻薄锐龙本——RedmiBook Pro 15锐龙版。其搭载了全新“Zen3”架构的AMD锐龙5000系列标压处理器，7nm制程，8核16线程，处理器可达45W满血性能释放，具有相比友商同价位产品更强劲的性能以及更极致的性价比，堪称5000元段最值得购买的大屏轻薄锐龙本。无论是Note 10 Pro、Note 10还是RedmiBook Pro 15锐龙版，我们都看到Redmi在最核心的芯片领域都采用了相比同价位产品的越级配置。那么，在芯片短缺危机侵袭整个智能硬件产业时，小米集团为什么能够逆势而上呢？小米集团合伙人，中国区、国际部总裁，Redmi品牌总经理卢伟冰在“旗舰芯 小金刚”发布会上表示，芯片短缺将很大程度上考验一个企业的价值观。而“坚持真材实料，坚持高端产品大众化，坚持极致性价比”是Redmi品牌的核心价值观，这种价值观决定了Redmi品牌不会因为短期困难而在芯片配置上进行减配，或者在价格上提升。不过笔者认为恪守价值观虽然是小米采取此举的重要原因之一，但更根本的则是小米近些年在硬件供应链领域的短板补足与系统性能力的提升。如果小米不是在上游供应链领域具有强大的掌控能力，莫说在定价不变的情况下提高芯片配置，保障普通芯片的正常供应都极为困难。回望2015-2016年，小米当时就曾因为供应链能力的缺陷而出现过一次巨大的产品危机与销量危机。为什么小米短短几年便在硬件供应链上出现了如此大的进步呢？笔者认为，这源于小米集团创始人雷军在2016年带领小米核心团队的一次深刻反思，其当时深刻意识到智能手机的本质是一部手机，首先必须在供应链等手机硬件的基本功上过关，这就有了雷军出任小米手机部负责人，亲自来抓产品研发与供应链建设的重要举措。除了雷军亲自上阵之外，小米集团还走马换将，引进曾担任小米早期最重要的代工厂之一南京英华达总经理的张峰，由他直接负责小米集团的供应链管理。供应链核心负责人的优化，成为扭转小米供应链短板的关键动作。张峰也不负众望，在解决硬件供应链短板上发挥出色，并因此跻身小米集团的最核心决策团队。目前，张峰不仅担任小米集团副总裁、参谋长与小米集团采购委员会主席，还入选小米集团合伙人成员。在具体的供应链改善措施上，小米集团则有条不紊地从三个维度展开。首先是以质量为切入点，小米对不合格的供应商进行了更换，选择与更有实力的供应商合作。同时小米集团还成立质量委员会，投入专职力量与巨额成本来提升产品质量。其次，在保证产品质量这个基本盘的同时，小米还持续加强与供应商的紧密联系，进行耦合度更高的联合研发。例如，小米成立了芯片平台部，其从产品定义阶段就开始深度参与到高通、MTK等供应商的联合研发，这也是为什么我们看到近些年小米集团已经取代三星，持续获得高通每一代旗舰芯片的首发权。另外值得一提的是，除了持续获得高通旗舰芯片的首发权，小米也屡屡获得联发科芯片的首发权。例如，Redmi Note 8系列首发了联发科Helio G90T液冷游戏芯，Redmi 10X系列首发了联发科天玑820 5G处理器。最后，小米通过前瞻的产品规划，已经能够做到不随意砍单，这给到了上游供应链充足信心，让它们更愿意与小米形成极具信任感的稳定合作关系，进而保障了在困难时期对小米的优先供给。另外，小米在供应链领域掌控能力的提升，除了在供应链具体环节的努力，还得益于小米其他领域短板的补足，其中最为重要的是小米构建的行业最为均衡的线上线下结合，国内与海外相结合的立体化渠道体系。首先在海外市场，小米集团目前已经进入了全球100多个国家和地区，其中智能手机出货量在全球62个国家和地区市占率排名前五，是12个国家的第一大智能手机品牌。具体而言，小米在俄罗斯（市场份额为32.1%）排名第一，在西班牙（市场份额为35.1%）排名第一，在意大利排名第二，在德国和法国排名第三。总体而言，小米在东欧排名第一，西欧排名第三。在国内市场，线上销售一直是小米的传统优势，自不用多说，而借助大型购物中心在各地兴起的机遇，小米利用自己丰富的产品组合优势，前瞻地聚焦在购物中心进行渠道布局，让小米在线下实现了弯道超车。据悉，截止2021年4月3日上午，小米在沈阳大悦城已经开业了全国第5000家小米之家。去年Redmi Note 9系列发布会上，卢伟冰曾表示在未来一年要将小米之家开到每个县城，加快县级市场下沉，让每个米粉身边都有一个小米之家。并且卢伟冰还表示，在2021年让小米之家遍布全国每个县城。前不久，小米宣布已经完成了江苏、河南两个大省的所有县的小米之家覆盖，接下来将会越来越快地有更多省所有县完成小米之家全覆盖。另外，继在县级市场取得飞速进展后，小米新零售战略进一步提速，全面下沉乡镇市场。卢伟冰在此次发布会上还立下新的目标：新开10000家小米之家乡镇授权店，让乡镇用户享受到高品质高性价比的小米产品。线上线下结合，国内与海外相结合的立体化渠道体系，充分保证了小米集团稳定的出货量。2020年财报显示，小米手机全球出货量高达1.46亿台，稳居全球第三，高端智能手机的销量已突破1000万台。大规模且稳定的出货量，进一步赢得上游供应商与小米的合作信心，愿意优先为其匹配更优质的供应链资源。3随着小米集团在供应链与渠道等领域的系统性能力的提升，强者越强的马太效应正在小米身上显现。就在“旗舰芯 小金刚”发布会次日，小米发布了2021年第一季度财报。财报显示，一季度小米集团总收入达到769亿元，同比增长54.7%；经调整净利润61亿元，同比增长163.8%；每股盈利0.302元，远高于市场预期的0.187元与去年同期的0.089元。其中，智能手机的基本盘业务依然是对小米集团业绩贡献最大的主力。2021年第一季度，小米全球智能手机出货量同比增长69.1%，达到4940万台，全球占有率已经升至14.1%。而此次Redmi Note 10系列发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，未来将带来什么样的惊喜，值得我们继续期待。----------------------------------------------------和虎友们分享一个好消息，老虎当前支持周末下单了！预挂单是老虎为用户提供的一种增值服务，可以支持用户在非交易时间段下单，目前支持止损单、止损限价单、限价单3种订单类型。也就是说，用户可以在休市期间，比如周末等节假日进行挂单，订单由老虎的交易系统保存，待开市后自动提交到交易所。点击了解详情>>>","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{"01810":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":6439,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":352903203,"gmtCreate":1616846073902,"gmtModify":1704799574705,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good chance","listText":"Good chance","text":"Good chance","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/352903203","repostId":"2122547204","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"2122547204","kind":"live","weMediaInfo":{"introduction":"为用户提供金融资讯、行情、数据，旨在帮助投资者理解世界，做投资决策。","home_visible":1,"media_name":"老虎资讯综合","id":"102","head_image":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8274c5b9d4c2852bfb1c4d6ce16c68ba"},"pubTimestamp":1616766261,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/2122547204?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-03-26 21:44","market":"us","language":"zh","title":"Education stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=2122547204","media":"老虎资讯综合","summary":"周五盘中，部分中概教育股大幅下跌，截至发稿，跟谁学跌超25%，新东方跌近20%，好未来跌15%，网易有道跌7%。同时，部分教育及培训服务中概股大涨。留学和留学后服务公司Elite Education ","content":"<p>On Friday, some Chinese concept education stocks fell sharply during trading. As of press time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/GSX\">Who to learn from</a>It fell more than 25%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EDU\">New Oriental</a>It fell nearly 20%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TAL\">TAL Education Group</a>Down 15%,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/NTES\">NetEase</a>Youdao fell 7%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b4a402349e3fd647067e642578e284c\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Meanwhile, some Chinese concept stocks in the education and training services sector surged. Study Abroad and Post-Study Service Companies<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EEIQ\">Elite Education Group International</a>The circuit breaker was triggered again during trading, and the stock had previously risen 665%. Elite Education Group International primarily provides Chinese students with study and post-study services in the United States through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Quest Holding International LLC (QHI), registered in Ohio, USA. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Middletown, Ohio, USA, QHI was acquired by EEI in 2017.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/123836cbe2c350b84a51e19b69537001\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>At the same time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/CLEU\">Huaxia Boya</a>It rose more than 50%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/WAFU\">Huafu Education</a>The stock surged 186%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.</p><p>In terms of news, the Ministry of Education released the \"Standards for the Construction of Digital Campuses in Higher Education Institutions (Trial),\" which aims to promote the Education Informatization 2.0 Action Plan and develop \"Internet plus Education.\"</p><p>In addition, the Online Education Professional Committee was recently established and issued the \"Initiative to Promote the Healthy Development of the Online Education Industry,\" which advocates that online education companies strengthen self-discipline and standardize their development in five aspects. In addition, the committee also proposed eight key tasks for this year.</p><p>The establishment of the Online Education Professional Committee is a further effort by the Cyberspace Administration of China to regulate online education, and it also signifies that policy attention to the standardized development of online education is continuously increasing.</p><p>Judging from a series of policy actions this year, the rectification and standardized development of the online education industry will be a major theme that cannot be ignored in the education and training industry this year. Two trends deserve attention: first, the proliferation of education and training advertisements under the strong support of capital; and second, the issue of strengthening the management of prepaid funds to prevent irregularities such as absconding. Furthermore, some education companies that exploit policy loopholes and harbor a wishful thinking will lose their space for survival and development, while compliant leading companies will be better able to cope with various risks.</p><p>It can be said that the era of unchecked growth in the online education industry may be coming to an end.</p>","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>Education stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nEducation stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<a class=\"head\" href=\"https://laohu8.com/wemedia/102\">\n\n<div class=\"h-thumb\" style=\"background-image:url(https://static.tigerbbs.com/8274c5b9d4c2852bfb1c4d6ce16c68ba);background-size:cover;\"></div>\n\n<div class=\"h-content\">\n<p class=\"h-name\">老虎资讯综合 </p>\n<p class=\"h-time smaller\">2021-03-26 21:44</p>\n</div>\n</a>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p>On Friday, some Chinese concept education stocks fell sharply during trading. As of press time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/GSX\">Who to learn from</a>It fell more than 25%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EDU\">New Oriental</a>It fell nearly 20%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TAL\">TAL Education Group</a>Down 15%,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/NTES\">NetEase</a>Youdao fell 7%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b4a402349e3fd647067e642578e284c\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Meanwhile, some Chinese concept stocks in the education and training services sector surged. Study Abroad and Post-Study Service Companies<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EEIQ\">Elite Education Group International</a>The circuit breaker was triggered again during trading, and the stock had previously risen 665%. Elite Education Group International primarily provides Chinese students with study and post-study services in the United States through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Quest Holding International LLC (QHI), registered in Ohio, USA. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Middletown, Ohio, USA, QHI was acquired by EEI in 2017.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/123836cbe2c350b84a51e19b69537001\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>At the same time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/CLEU\">Huaxia Boya</a>It rose more than 50%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/WAFU\">Huafu Education</a>The stock surged 186%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.</p><p>In terms of news, the Ministry of Education released the \"Standards for the Construction of Digital Campuses in Higher Education Institutions (Trial),\" which aims to promote the Education Informatization 2.0 Action Plan and develop \"Internet plus Education.\"</p><p>In addition, the Online Education Professional Committee was recently established and issued the \"Initiative to Promote the Healthy Development of the Online Education Industry,\" which advocates that online education companies strengthen self-discipline and standardize their development in five aspects. In addition, the committee also proposed eight key tasks for this year.</p><p>The establishment of the Online Education Professional Committee is a further effort by the Cyberspace Administration of China to regulate online education, and it also signifies that policy attention to the standardized development of online education is continuously increasing.</p><p>Judging from a series of policy actions this year, the rectification and standardized development of the online education industry will be a major theme that cannot be ignored in the education and training industry this year. Two trends deserve attention: first, the proliferation of education and training advertisements under the strong support of capital; and second, the issue of strengthening the management of prepaid funds to prevent irregularities such as absconding. Furthermore, some education companies that exploit policy loopholes and harbor a wishful thinking will lose their space for survival and development, while compliant leading companies will be better able to cope with various risks.</p><p>It can be said that the era of unchecked growth in the online education industry may be coming to an end.</p>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1f49cfbbad938b58f9d764c4f5e672e9","relate_stocks":{"TAL":"好未来","DAO":"有道","GSX":"Tradr 2X Long GS Daily ETF","WAFU":"华富教育","EDU":"新东方","CLEU":"华夏博雅","EEIQ":"Elite Education Group International Ltd"},"is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"2122547204","content_text":"周五盘中，部分中概教育股大幅下跌，截至发稿，跟谁学跌超25%，新东方跌近20%，好未来跌15%，网易有道跌7%。同时，部分教育及培训服务中概股大涨。留学和留学后服务公司Elite Education Group International盘中再次触发熔断，此前涨665%。Elite Education Group International主要通过在美国俄亥俄州注册的全资子公司Quest Holding International LLC(QHI)为中国学生提供在美留学和留学后服务。QHI成立于2012年，总部位于美国俄亥俄州米德尔敦市，于2017年被EEI收购。同时，华夏博雅涨超50%，盘中一度触发熔断。华富教育暴涨186%，盘中一度触发熔断。消息面上，教育部发布《高等学校数字校园建设规范(试行)》，旨在推进教育信息化2.0行动计划，发展“互联网+教育”。此外，近日，在线教育专业委员会的成立，发布《促进在线教育行业健康发展倡议书》，从5个方面倡导在线教育行业企业加强自律、规范发展。此外，委员会还提出了今年的八项重点工作。在线教育专业委员会的成立，是网信办对于在线教育的监管做出的进一步努力，也意味着政策层面对在线教育的规范发展关注在持续加码。从今年以来的政策层面的一系列动作看来，在线教育行业的整顿和规范化发展，将是今年教育培训行业一个不容忽视的主旋律。这其中两个方面趋势值得关注，一是在资本的大力加持下的教育培训广告泛滥的现象，二是为了预防跑路等乱象而加强预收费资金管理的问题。此外，一些钻政策空子，抱有侥幸心态的教育公司，将会失去生存和发展的空间，合规的头部公司将会更有实力应对各类风险。可以说，在线教育行业野蛮生长的时代或将终结。","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{"TAL":0.9,"WAFU":0.9,"DAO":0.9,"CLEU":0.9,"EEIQ":0.9,"EDU":0.9,"GSX":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":4844,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":352903086,"gmtCreate":1616845937745,"gmtModify":1704799573733,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Pi","listText":"Pi","text":"Pi","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/352903086","repostId":"1105845618","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5107,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":356611357,"gmtCreate":1616771703679,"gmtModify":1704798813994,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"idStr":"3579388711522687","authorIdStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/356611357","repostId":"1170764582","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1170764582","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1616765445,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/1170764582?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-03-26 21:30","market":"us","language":"zh","title":"A detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1170764582","media":" 一瑜中的","summary":"作者：张瑜 付春生主要观点1.9万亿美元救济落地后，关于拜登基建计划的讨论热度迅速升温。由于计划目前尚未正式公布，本篇报告以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本，从四个角度（必要性、历史比较、","content":"<p>Authors: Zhang Yu, Fu Chunsheng</p><p><b>Main points</b></p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion relief package, discussions about Biden's infrastructure plan quickly heated up. Since the plan has not yet been officially announced, this report uses Biden's infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed during his campaign as a blueprint to understand Biden's infrastructure and tax increases from four perspectives (necessity, historical comparison, specific measures, and impact), in order to gain a general understanding of the measures and impact of the formal reconstruction plan in the future.</p><p>Biden's infrastructure: How to build it?</p><p><b>1. Is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at present?</b></p><p>It is absolutely necessary. First, the state of infrastructure is worrying. According to ASCE's latest assessment, U.S. infrastructure remains \"mostly substandard,\" indicating a serious \"deterioration.\" According to the Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, up from 5th in 2002. Secondly, there is a large investment gap. The total infrastructure investment gap over the next decade has reached $2.59 trillion. Finally, infrastructure spending is far lower than that of major economies. Europe's infrastructure spending is equivalent to 5% of GDP, China's infrastructure spending is about 8% of GDP, and the United States' is only 2.4%. The United States mainly relies on local and state governments for infrastructure investment, but local governments are gradually \"unable to keep up\". As infrastructure stock continues to grow, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, and new investment has been declining since the beginning of the 21st century.</p><p><b>II. Are there any precedents for the federal government leading infrastructure investment?</b></p><p>Historically, Biden's infrastructure investment is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment, with the largest investment being the Roosevelt New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which spent $120 billion on infrastructure, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, accounting for 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's information superhighway program cost a total of $400 billion, accounting for 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's infrastructure investment amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><b>III. What are Biden's specific infrastructure measures?</b></p><p>The plan proposed on Biden's campaign website is $2 trillion over 10 years, representing 9.3% of 2019 GDP. Infrastructure investment amounted to $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan has three key points: 1) The content is very broad. It covers eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean power investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization. 2) Promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". 3) Keep manufacturing in the United States. The need to prevent manufacturing relocation is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. It should be noted that the investment amounts for each sector in the plan are not yet clear, and only a few projects have proposed specific investment amounts.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's infrastructure projects have on the US economy?</b></p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Over 10 years, infrastructure spending will be approximately $130 billion annually. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (assessed by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion annually, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019. 2) Impact on employment: Biden's reconstruction plan may create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade. 3) Bank of America estimates that Biden’s infrastructure plan may bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant” GDP growth in the long term.</p><p>Biden raises taxes: How?</p><p><b>First, Biden's tax increase is almost certain.</b></p><p>Three reasons: 1) Tax increases are one of Biden's campaign slogans, and they are likely to be implemented. 2) Biden's campaign website explicitly states that the $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be raised entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of (taxes).\" 3) Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (Biden's reconstruction plan) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p><b>Second, there are precedents for raising taxes.</b></p><p>Since the 1950s, the income tax rate in the United States has generally shown a downward trend, with more tax cuts and fewer tax increases. There were three major tax increases. The first was the \"Vietnam War Surcharge\" levied from 1968 to 1970 to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War. Second, in 1990, George H.W. Bush raised taxes to cope with the growing deficit. Third, Clinton raised taxes in 1993, which was the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950, and its purpose was to reduce the fiscal deficit.</p><p><b>Third, the tax burden on the wealthy will increase, while the burden on the lower and middle classes will decrease; The tax burden on enterprises will increase, but the return of manufacturing will be encouraged.</b></p><p>Biden's target audience for tax increases is very clear: wealthy individuals and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes have been increased. On the one hand, the wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for the wealthy will be increased; on the other hand, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some other corporate taxes will be adjusted.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's tariffs have on the US economy?</b></p><p>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over 10 years). In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p><b>Two key timelines: When might a formal redevelopment plan be launched?</b></p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14th of this year, he clearly stated, \"When I appear before a joint session of Congress for the first time next month, I will present my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future.'\" Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11th, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi stated, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14th, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki said that there was no set date yet. Historically, the president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" no later than February. It is now expected overseas that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April, at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>First, after October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation procedure\". Second, the positive statements from top Democrats indicate that they will push the reconstruction plan to a congressional vote as quickly as possible or pursue a budget reconciliation process at the beginning of the new fiscal year.</p><p>Risk warning: Disagreements arise within the Democratic Party regarding the reconstruction plan.</p><p><b>Report Directory</b></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8a2d175dd5fcc77e4928e9a8001033b8\" tg-width=\"962\" tg-height=\"739\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Main text of the report</p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief Plan, discussions about the Biden Recovery Plan (Build Back Better Recovery Plan, which is also referred to as the \"Biden Infrastructure Plan\" in relevant domestic and international reports and reports because most of its measures are related to infrastructure) quickly intensified. According to a Bloomberg report on March 22, a reconstruction plan will soon be submitted to Biden, and the plan also includes a tax increase. White House Press Secretary Psaki also stated on the 22nd, \"Time is running out, so he will discuss the options, scale, and scope with his team this week.\" According to Biden's statement when proposing the relief plan, he will present his reconstruction plan to members of Congress during his first appearance at a joint session of Congress and his \"speech to a joint session of Congress,\" so the reconstruction plan may be officially \"unveiled\" in April.</p><p>Since Biden's reconstruction plan has not yet been released, this report will use the infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed by Biden during his campaign as a blueprint for analysis.</p><p>I. Biden's Infrastructure: How to \"Build\"?</p><p>Regarding Biden's infrastructure, we mainly need to clarify four questions. First, is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at this time? Second, is there any historical experience of the US government leading large-scale infrastructure investment? If so, historically, what is the scale of Biden's infrastructure investment? Third, how exactly should the specific areas and measures of the infrastructure plan be constructed? Fourth, what is the impact of infrastructure plans on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is it necessary for the United States to build large-scale infrastructure projects at present</p><p>The current state of infrastructure in the United States is worrying, and large-scale investment is very necessary. Most of the infrastructure systems in the United States were built in the 1960s, and many facilities have reached their maximum useful life and are nearing the point of \"obsolescence\".</p><p>I. The infrastructure condition is worrying, and the overall rating is low. The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) rated U.S. infrastructure as \"D+\" (A-F) in 2017 and upgraded to \"C-\" in 2021. Although the rating has improved, it also indicates that U.S. infrastructure is still \"mostly substandard,\" showing a more serious \"deterioration\" situation. From a global perspective, the rating of the US infrastructure sector has also been declining over the past two decades. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, down from 5th in 2002, a drop of 8 places in 17 years.</p><p>Second, the United States currently has a large-scale infrastructure investment gap, which, if not filled, will have a huge negative impact on economic and social development. There are two sources of assessment: 1) A 2021 report by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) stated that the total infrastructure investment gap in the United States has reached $2.59 trillion over the next decade. If not filled, the United States will lose $10 trillion in GDP and $2.4 trillion in exports by 2039. 2) A 2016 McKinsey study estimated that $150 billion in infrastructure investment would be needed annually from 2017 to 2030 to keep up with the U.S. economy’s demand for infrastructure.</p><p>Third, the United States spends far less on infrastructure than the world's major economies and relies heavily on state and local governments. European countries spend 5% of their GDP on infrastructure construction and maintenance, while China spends an average of about 8% of its GDP on infrastructure, while the United States spends only 2.4%[1]. Furthermore, unlike most other industrialized countries, the United States relies primarily on local and state government spending to meet its infrastructure needs. Most European countries or regions fund most infrastructure construction at the national level, but in 2017, only 25% of public infrastructure funding in the United States came from the federal government. This figure is far lower than the peak of 38% in 1977, indicating that the federal government is bearing less and less responsibility for spending on public infrastructure. As the stock of infrastructure in the United States continues to increase, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, which has led to a decline in new infrastructure investment since the early 2000s.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92d1fe0e962d44eff5f6d6a13da64df6\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"482\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/80cf9e50d231575711b16ef73e71bb98\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"383\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(ii) Has the federal government made large-scale infrastructure investments in history?</p><p>Since the beginning of the last century, the United States has experienced four large-scale infrastructure investments led by the federal government. Historically, Biden's infrastructure plan is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the beginning of the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment. The largest investment was in Roosevelt's New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which included $120 billion in infrastructure spending, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, about 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's Information Superhighway program totaled $400 billion, or 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's campaign website announced that infrastructure spending was approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/482f1bb788c01537a9201e79b2e0f4b1\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"380\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>1. Roosevelt's New Deal</p><p>Following the Great Depression, to stimulate employment recovery, Roosevelt signed the National Industrial Recovery Act of 1933, believing that extensive public works programs could directly create jobs. The establishment of agencies such as the Federal Economic Relief Administration, the Public Works Administration (PWA), and the Works Promotion Agency (WPA) has created over ten million jobs in the United States. By the eve of World War II, federal government spending on engineering and direct relief had reached $18 billion, accounting for 31% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 14% of U.S. GDP in 1941. In terms of broad spending, Roosevelt's New Deal federal spending totaled $41.7 billion, accounting for 73% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 32% of U.S. GDP in 1941.</p><p>Large-scale public works spending has also yielded significant results: in terms of public works, WPA's small projects include 78,000 bridges and viaducts and 572,000 miles of rural roads; In the first six years of its establishment, the PWA completed approximately 1.14 street and highway projects, totaling 37,000 miles[2]. By the eve of World War II, the United States had built nearly 1,000 airfields, more than 12,000 sports fields, and more than 800 school buildings and hospitals. In terms of employment, the WPA alone provided jobs for approximately eight million people between 1935 and 1943.</p><p>2. Eisenhower: Interstate Highway</p><p>In the 1950s, Eisenhower advocated the construction of an interstate highway system in the United States. In 1956, he signed the Federal Highway Aid Act, authorizing $25 billion to build 41,000 miles of interstate highways over a decade. This cost would be paid for by tax revenues such as gasoline taxes deposited into the Federal Highway Trust Fund, with the federal government providing about 90% of the total expenditure and the remaining 10% paid by the states. The cost of building interstate highways accounted for about 5.6% of U.S. GDP in 1956.</p><p>3. Clinton: \"Information Superhighway Plan\"</p><p>In 1992, U.S. presidential candidate Bill Clinton proposed building an information superhighway during his campaign. After Clinton took office in 1993, the \"Information Superhighway Project\" was officially implemented. The planned investment is $400 billion over 20 years to gradually lay telecommunications fiber optic cables to all home users. In 1994, the U.S. government proposed an initiative to build a global information infrastructure, which aims to connect global information networks through satellite communications and telecommunications fiber optic cables and form a competitive mechanism for information sharing[3]. The total investment in the Information Superhighway Program accounted for 5.8% of U.S. GDP in 1993.</p><p>4. Obama: ARRA Fiscal Stimulus Act</p><p>Following the financial crisis, Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) fiscal stimulus bill in February 2009, with an initial total size of $787 billion. The Congressional Budget Office projected total spending of approximately $840 billion in 2015, of which about $120 billion was for infrastructure projects, including: $48 billion for transportation and public transportation projects, $31 billion for the modernization of federal buildings, $31 billion for the modernization of school and scientific facilities, $6 billion for water conservancy projects, and $5 billion for housing climate change projects. Infrastructure spending under the ARRA Act accounted for only 0.8% of GDP in 2009.</p><p>(iii) What are the specific measures of Biden's infrastructure plan?</p><p>1. Three key points of the infrastructure plan</p><p>The \"Building Modern, Sustainable Infrastructure and a Fair, Clean Energy Future\" plan proposed on Biden's campaign website spans 10 years and totals $2 trillion, accounting for approximately 9.3% of GDP in 2019. If we only look at infrastructure spending, it is approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan published on the campaign website has two characteristics:</p><p>First, the content is very broad. The plan is not limited to traditional infrastructure and clean energy investments, but also includes new infrastructure such as smart cities and broadband, automotive industry development, building renovation and affordable housing construction, sustainable agriculture, manufacturing revitalization and SME development, and community equality and development.</p><p>Secondly, promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". It can be said that increasing employment and rebuilding the middle class are major objectives of Biden's massive infrastructure development. In Biden's vision, the plan can significantly create new jobs. For example, investment in infrastructure will create millions of jobs, the automotive industry will create 1 million jobs, investment in the power sector will create millions of jobs, investment in construction and housing will create 1 million high-paying jobs, and agricultural protection will create 250,000 jobs.</p><p>Third, keep manufacturing in the United States. Preventing the relocation of manufacturing is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. This statement was mentioned multiple times in the plan, for example: ensuring that automakers are encouraged to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically; Invest in battery technology, but ensure that battery production is carried out domestically, etc.</p><p>In addition, it is worth noting that the specific investment amounts for each sector in the infrastructure plan are still unclear, with only a few projects proposing clear investment amounts. Because the plan was very \"rough,\" it did not have a very detailed spending plan, and only proposed investment amounts for a few projects, such as increasing federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term (the specific procurement plan was not specified). $100 billion to improve public school buildings; In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion to repair highways, roads, and bridges; Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure and provide $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas; An additional $10 billion will be invested over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas; A $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund will be used to fund major infrastructure projects, among other things. The investment amount explicitly mentioned in the plan brief is only a little over $800 billion.</p><p>2. Beyond infrastructure, the plan covers eight major areas.</p><p>Overall, Biden's infrastructure plan is not limited to the \"infrastructure sector,\" but has a very broad scope, covering eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean electricity investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization (a brief introduction is below; see the appendix for details).</p><p>First, build modern infrastructure.</p><p>1) Road repair and construction. In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion in repairing highways, roads, and bridges, and made transportation investments in remote areas. 2) The Second Railway Revolution. Invest heavily in high-speed rail, improve the passenger and freight railway systems, promote the electrification of the railway system, and reduce diesel emissions. 3) Vigorously develop public transportation. By 2030, high-quality public transportation systems will be built in cities with a population of over 100,000. Invest an additional $10 billion over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas. 4) Improve the airport. Double funding for airport improvement programs, provide competitive grants for major airport renovation projects, and fully implement next-generation aviation technology systems. 5) Invest heavily in freight infrastructure, including inland waterways, freight corridors, freight railways, transit facilities and ports. Increase grants for the BUILD and INFRA transportation infrastructure grant projects from 1.8 billion to 3.5 billion annually; Add 2.5 billion yuan annually to the Army Corps of Engineers to promote the modernization of ship locks in inland waterways; Support port port infrastructure. 6) Water conservancy infrastructure construction. Replace aging pipes, double federal investment in clean drinking water and water infrastructure, monitor lead and other contaminants in water systems, and hold polluting companies accountable. Invest in water technology research and development and encourage private sector innovation. 7) New infrastructure projects: smart city construction. $1 billion annually to help five cities pilot new planning strategies and smart city technologies. Invest in broadband networks. Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure, and $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas and increase the number of broadband providers participating. 8) Establish a transformation project fund. Establish a $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund to provide assistance for large and complex infrastructure projects.</p><p>Second, it will enable the U.S. auto industry to lead the world this century and accelerate the transition to low-carbon and carbon-free vehicles.</p><p>1) Demand side: Restore the full tax credit for electric vehicles, use federal procurement to increase demand for clean vehicles, and accelerate the upgrade of 3 million government-system vehicles. The goal is to have all new buses manufactured in the United States achieve zero emissions by 2030, converting 500,000 school buses nationwide into zero-emission vehicles. 2) Encourage automakers to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically. 3) Invest $5 billion in battery and energy storage technologies over five years, while ensuring that battery production is carried out domestically. 4) Establish a national charging system consisting of 500,000 public charging points, and provide an additional $1 billion annually to ensure that charging stations are installed by certified technicians. 5) Convene the U.S. Department of Energy and Transportation to coordinate special demonstration projects and provide grants to municipalities and counties willing to pilot new charging infrastructure. 6) Establish fuel economy standards to reduce air pollution.</p><p>Third, clean power investment: achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035.</p><p>1) Develop clean electricity and achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035. 2) Vigorously develop the power grid, promote market reforms, and expand the regional electricity market. 3) Establish energy efficiency and clean electricity standards (EECES) for utilities and grid operators; 4) Upgrade transmission lines to support a larger regional electricity market and promote large-scale energy storage demonstration projects. 5) Research investment and tax incentives for carbon capture, permanent storage, and utilization of carbon capture technologies will be doubled.</p><p>Fourth, building renovation to improve building energy efficiency.</p><p>1) Promote school modernization. Invest $100 billion to improve public school buildings and upgrade child care and early learning facilities across the country. 2) Building energy-saving renovation. Within four years, 4 million commercial buildings will be upgraded and 2 million households will undergo energy-saving renovations. Promote the electrification of the construction industry and increase investment in energy-saving renovation projects for low-income housing and key technologies such as electric heat pumps; Construction of net-zero carbon federal buildings, etc. 3) The carbon footprint of U.S. building stock will be reduced by half by 2035. 4) Promote the construction of 1.5 million public housing units and inject more funds into low-income communities to promote the construction of affordable housing and the development of small businesses.</p><p>Fifth, make historic investments in clean energy innovation.</p><p>1) Increase federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term, with a focus on purchasing key clean energy inputs such as batteries and electric vehicles. 2) Focus on strategic research areas such as clean energy, clean transportation, clean industrial processes and clean materials over the next four years. 3) Strengthen and build key clean energy supply chains in the United States, address issues such as dependence on rare earth minerals, and accelerate innovation in supply chain resilience. 4) Invest heavily in national laboratories, high-performance computing facilities, and other critical infrastructure.</p><p>Sixth, invest in sustainable agriculture and environmental protection.</p><p>1) Through grassroots climate organizations, call on and mobilize a new generation of Americans to engage in environmental protection and climate change response. 2) Make preliminary investments to clean up the damage and impact of past resource extraction on the environment. 3) Maintain American farms and ranches. Provide low-cost funding for farmers to transition to new equipment and methods, fund research and development in precision agriculture and new crops, and establish a voluntary carbon agriculture market; Pursuing pro-worker and pro-family peasant trade policies; Strengthening food supply security and resilience; Ensure fair competition among small and medium-sized farms, etc.</p><p>Seventh, community equality and development.</p><p>1) Provide $5 billion annually to expand the new market tax credit and make the program permanent; 2) Provide double funding to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund to support financial institutions in low-income areas. 3) Establish a $10 billion urban revitalization fund to carry out creative revitalization projects in struggling cities. 4) Funding anchor institutions in impoverished areas (referring to hospitals, colleges and universities, as well as government administrative agencies, etc.). 5) Fully implement the \"10-20-30 Plan\" (allocating 10% of all federal programs to counties where 20% or more of the population has lived below the poverty line in the past 30 years).</p><p>Eighth, revitalize the country's manufacturing industry and small and medium-sized enterprises.</p><p>1) Revitalize the manufacturing industry. Quadruple funding for the Manufacturing Expansion Partnership Project to provide technical support to small manufacturers in global competition; Develop low-carbon manufacturing in each state; Use tax credits and subsidies to help businesses upgrade equipment and processes, invest in expanding or building new factories, and deploy low-carbon technologies; Provide funding for more competitive or low-carbon manufacturing industries, etc. 2) Promote the development of small and medium-sized enterprises Extend the National Small Business Credit Initiative program to 2025, and increase federal funding to $3 billion; Provide $5 billion to states to develop policies that encourage small business startups, such as supporting technology transfer from public universities to the private sector.</p><p>(iv) What is the impact of Biden's infrastructure on the US economy?</p><p>How should the impact of infrastructure spending on the economy be assessed? We can draw on past assessments of infrastructure effectiveness by American academia and think tanks: 1) A 2014 study by the University of Maryland showed that every $1 spent on public transportation infrastructure investment increases GDP by about $3, with a greater impact during economic recessions. 2) According to a 2014 report by the University of Chicago, an $83 billion infrastructure investment plan—roughly equivalent to 0.6% of GDP—will create 1.7 million jobs in the first three years. 3) According to estimates by global consulting firm McKinsey & Company, every 1 percentage point of GDP increase in U.S. infrastructure spending will create 1.5 million jobs for the economy. 4) The Economic Policy Institute estimates that the return on investment in infrastructure is very high. A review of dozens of infrastructure studies shows that every $100 spent... in the long run will increase private sector output by $13 (median) and $17 (average), respectively. 5) According to the U.S. Congressional Budget Office's (CBO) assessment of Obama's ARRA Act, the output multiplier for infrastructure is between 0.4 and 2.2.</p><p>We can draw on the assessment results of infrastructure effects from American academia and think tanks to roughly estimate the overall impact of Biden's infrastructure plan on the US economy and employment.</p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Biden's infrastructure plan identifies infrastructure spending of approximately $1.3 trillion, with an investment cycle of 10 years, averaging about $130 billion per year, accounting for about 0.6% of GDP in 2019. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (combined with the output multiplier estimated by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP over the next ten years will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019.</p><p>2) Impact on employment: According to the University of Chicago's employment impact estimate, $1.3 trillion in infrastructure spending will create more than 2 million jobs annually over the next decade. According to McKinsey's assessment, it is estimated that approximately 10 million jobs will be created over the next decade. The job impact estimated in the Biden team's plan brief is to create more than 10 million jobs. In summary, Biden's reconstruction plan could create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade.</p><p>3) Bank of America estimated in a report that Biden’s $2 trillion infrastructure plan could bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant growth” in the long term, and that every 1% increase in U.S. GDP growth would bring about 3% to 4% growth in the earnings of S&P 500 companies[4].</p><p>II. Biden's Tax Increase: How Will It Be</p><p>Similarly, let's understand Biden's tax increases from four perspectives. First, is Biden certain he wants to raise taxes, and what is the purpose of raising taxes? Second, is there any precedent for raising taxes in American history? Third, how does Biden plan to raise taxes? Fourth, what impact will the tax increase have on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is Biden determined to raise taxes? What is the purpose?</p><p>Will Biden raise taxes? Tax increases should be a certainty. First, Biden clearly proposed a tax increase plan during his campaign, which was one of his campaign slogans, and it is highly likely that he will implement it. Second, Biden's campaign website states that up to $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be funded entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of taxes.\" Third, Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (referring to Biden's reconstruction plan bill) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p>Biden's tax hikes have three purposes: first, to raise funds for reconstruction programs; second, to fulfill campaign promises; and third, to promote tax fairness through tax system adjustments and to adjust the wealth gap through redistribution. It is clear from the tax system adjustments that the tax burden on the wealthy, high-income groups, and businesses has increased, while the tax credits for low- and middle-income earners have expanded significantly.</p><p>(ii) Are there any precedents for tax increases?</p><p>Before 1950, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States both showed a gradual upward trend. During this period, the main reason for tax increases was to raise funds for war. During World War I and World War II, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax rose significantly. Since the 1950s, the highest marginal tax rates for personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States have generally shown a gradual downward trend, with many periods of tax cuts and very few periods of tax increases.</p><p>There have been five major tax cuts since 1950: the Kennedy tax cuts in 1963, the Carter tax cuts in 1979, the Reagan tax cuts in the 1980s, the George W. Bush tax cuts in 2001, and the Trump tax cuts in 2017.</p><p>The most obvious tax increases since 1950 have been three.</p><p>The first time was in the late 1960s. The main reason for the tax increase was still war factors. From 1968 to 1970, in order to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War, the United States levied the \"Vietnam War Surcharge,\" which was abolished after 1970.</p><p>The second instance was in 1990, when George H.W. Bush passed the Oversight Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to cope with the increased deficit caused by the sharp rise in public spending on defense and healthcare, raising the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 28% to 31%.</p><p>The third was Clinton's tax increase in 1993, which was also the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950. To reduce the fiscal deficit, Clinton proposed a tax increase plan in 1993, raising the top marginal personal income tax rate from 31% to 39.6% and the top marginal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 35%. It is worth noting that the increase in the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 35% to 39.6% in 2012 was not due to tax increases, but rather because the Bush tax cuts had expired, and the tax rate automatically returned to the level before the tax cuts.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/059fc482c64a72c92006019e12fd347f\" tg-width=\"819\" tg-height=\"450\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/9a271519721bfe2d2e70b5c022a30421\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"683\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(iii) How does Biden plan to raise taxes?</p><p>Biden's tax increases mainly focus on two aspects:<b>First, wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for high-income groups; second, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some corporate taxes will be adjusted.</b>As can be seen from the specific details of the following clauses, Biden's targets for tax increases are very clear: wealthy groups and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes of society have been increased.</p><p>1. Individual tax system adjustment: The tax burden on the wealthy increases, while the burden on the lower and middle classes decreases.</p><p>1) A 12.4% Social Security payroll tax would be levied on people earning more than $400,000 a year, split equally between employers and employees. Under the pioneering tax law, individuals with annual incomes above 137,700 do not need to pay Social Security payroll tax.</p><p>2) Raise the maximum personal income tax rate for taxable income exceeding $400,000 from the current 37% to 39.6%; For groups with an annual income exceeding $400,000, even with tax incentives for itemized deductions, their personal income tax rate must not be lower than 28%. Restore the \"Pease Limit\" on item deductions for taxable income exceeding $400,000; For groups with taxable income exceeding $400,000, the eligible business income deduction will be gradually eliminated.</p><p>3) Tax long-term capital gains and qualified Dividend income exceeding US$1 million at an ordinary income tax rate of 39.6%, eliminating the progressive nature of capital gains tax.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Expand the labor income tax credit for employees aged 65 and above without children, and provide individuals with tax credits related to renewable energy; Expand the Child and Dependent Tax Credit (CDCTC) from a maximum of $3,000 to $8,000 ($16,000 for multiple dependents) and increase the maximum reimbursement rate from 35% to 50%. In 2021, the Child Tax Credit (CTC) for children aged 17 and under will be increased from a maximum of $2,000 to $3,000, while an additional $600 credit will be provided for children under 6, with the CTC being fully refunded. It is worth mentioning that the measures regarding CTC have been implemented in the 1.9 trillion relief plan; Rebuild the first-time homebuyer tax credit policy, providing a $15,000 tax credit for first-time homebuyers.</p><p>5) Restore the rates and exemptions for inheritance tax and gift tax to the levels of 2009. Following Trump's tax reform in 2017, the estate and gift tax exemption for 2018-2025 was increased from $5 million to $10 million per person, while the tax rate remained at 40%. If it returns to 2009 levels, the tax allowance will be reduced from the current 10 million to 3.5 million, and the tax rate will increase from 40% to 45%.</p><p>6) Other adjustments lacking clear information: Replace traditional deductions by providing refundable tax credits to balance the tax benefits of traditional retirement accounts (such as 401(k) and individual retirement accounts); Abolish certain provisions of the real estate tax; Expanding the Affordable Care Act premium tax credit; Create a refundable tenant tax credit and provide a credit of no more than $5 billion per year, aiming to keep rent and utility bills below 30% of tenants' monthly income; Increase the amount of housing tax credits for low-income earners.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee544b934d79e80772ee93dede7fba86\" tg-width=\"954\" tg-height=\"583\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c55ac12a24c96f38ba548d45117f82cb\" tg-width=\"945\" tg-height=\"759\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Corporate tax system adjustment: Tax burden increases, but manufacturing is encouraged to return.</p><p>1) Raise the corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28%.</p><p>2) Impose a minimum tax on companies with book profits exceeding $100 million. The minimum tax is an alternative tax – businesses will pay the higher of regular corporate income tax or the 15% minimum tax, while still allowing net operating loss (NOL) and foreign tax credits.</p><p>3) Double the Global Intangible Low Tax Income Tax rate for overseas subsidiaries of U.S. companies from 10.5% to 21%. It is proposed to conduct a country-by-country assessment of GILTI of overseas subsidiaries and remove the provision that treats GILTI below 10% of qualified corporate asset investments (QBAI) as a return exemption.</p><p>Prior to the 2017 tax reform, the United States generally taxed the global income of its companies and residents. U.S. companies could apply to defer taxation on the active business income of their overseas subsidiaries until the income was repatriated to the United States as Dividend. Following tax reform, the United States exempted earnings from active operations of U.S. companies' overseas subsidiaries, meaning they would not be taxed even if these earnings were repatriated (but passive investment income from foreign subsidiaries would still be taxed). The U.S. Congress, concerned that a complete exemption for multinational corporations' foreign income could exacerbate their practice of shifting profits to low-tax jurisdictions overseas, imposed a minimum tax rate of 10.5% on low-tax income from global intangible assets to prevent profit shifting. GILTI refers to revenue generated from intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, and copyrights. Intangible assets are highly mobile, and this tax rate attempts to prevent U.S. companies from transferring intangible assets overseas.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Establish tax credits for the manufacturing sector; Expand tax credits for new markets and make them permanent; Provide tax credits for small businesses that adopt workplace retirement savings plans; Expand tax credits related to renewable energy, including those for carbon capture, use, and storage, as well as those for residential energy efficiency, and restore the Energy Investment Tax Credit (ITC) and Electric Vehicle Tax Credit, ending tax subsidies for fossil fuels.</p><p>5) Other adjustments lacking clear information: A 10% surtax will be imposed on companies that \"transfer manufacturing and service jobs overseas in order to sell products or provide services to the U.S. market.\" A priority 10% Made in America tax credit is provided for activities that resume production, revitalize closed or soon-to-be-closed facilities, restructure facilities to promote manufacturing employment, or expand manufacturing wage scales.</p><p>(iv) The impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy</p><p>The impact of tariffs on the economy is quite complex. We mainly rely on assessments by overseas think tanks to gain a general understanding of the impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy.<b>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over those 10 years).</b>In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p>1. Tax Foundation estimates</p><p>1) Impact of fiscal revenue: Biden’s tax plan will raise approximately $2.8 trillion over the next 10 years. 2) Economic impact: Over the next decade, it will reduce GDP by a total of 1.62%, GNP by a total of 1.83%, reduce the capital stock by 3.75%, reduce the long-term average wage level by 1.15%, and cause the loss of 542,000 jobs. 3) Impact of income distribution: Biden’s tax plan will reduce the after-tax income of the richest 1% of taxpayers by about 7.7% by 2030, and the average after-tax income of all taxpayers will decrease by 1.9%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92310243b616c89248067f2f1a18ffc3\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"475\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Tax Policy Center</p><p>1) Economic impact: This will reduce the total US GDP by 3.4% over the next decade. The impact on GDP will turn positive in 2040, and the positive impact will gradually increase in the years after 2040. 2) Revenue impact: This will reduce U.S. federal revenue by $161 billion from 2021 to 2030 (approximately 8% of total revenue over those 10 years) and by $90 billion from 2031 to 2040. By 2040, the impact of the tax plan on federal revenue will turn positive, and its positive effect will gradually increase in the following years of 2040.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b75c8d26db2d05446f6e6db4dec6a9a\" tg-width=\"944\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/3d0a76e285bdc0d17be49c9ec0fbade5\" tg-width=\"951\" tg-height=\"364\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>III. Key Timeline: When might the formal reconstruction plan be launched?</p><p>Currently, the Biden team has not released a formal plan or investment details. To track Biden's reconstruction plan, there are two key timelines worth paying attention to:</p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden first proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14 this year, he clearly stated: \"Next month, when I attend my first joint session of Congress, I will propose my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future'[5].\" Under normal circumstances, Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11, House Speaker Pelosi said, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki stated, \"There is no set date yet... We are certainly still interested in committing to a joint meeting. We will stay in touch with them, but I don't know the specific time.\" Historically, the latest time a president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" is no later than February. It is now expected that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April[6], at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>The launch and implementation of Biden's reconstruction plan requires the approval of the U.S. Congress. Currently, Democrats control the House of Representatives and can easily pass bills there. However, the Democrats only have a slight advantage in the Senate, with only one more vote than the Republicans, and cannot bypass the Senate's \"filibuster\" (60 votes are required). There are only two ways for Biden's reconstruction plan to pass the Senate. One is to secure the support of at least 10 more Republican senators, provided that all Democratic senators agree. Second, the budget reconciliation process will be reactivated, consistent with the congressional process followed by the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan, requiring only 51 votes to pass the Senate.</p><p>Based on current statements from senior Republican Senate officials, the feasibility of the first option is extremely low. Senate Republican Leader McConnell said on Monday, \"We've heard that a so-called infrastructure bill may be introduced in the coming months, which could actually be a Trojan horse containing significant tax increases and other left-wing policies that harm jobs.\"</p><p>For Biden's reconstruction plan to be implemented, the most likely outcome is to initiate a budget reconciliation process. The U.S. fiscal year runs from October to September of the following year, and the budget reconciliation process can generally only be used once in a fiscal year (originally, the three areas of revenue, expenditure, and deficit each had one opportunity to initiate the budget reconciliation process each fiscal year, but bills generally cover more than one area, and historically, the budget reconciliation process can only be used once in a fiscal year at most). This year, the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan has already used the \"quota\" from fiscal year 2021. If the budget reconciliation process is to be initiated again, it will have to wait until the start of fiscal year 2022. October is the second crucial time. First, by October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation process.\" Secondly, judging from the statements of Democratic lawmakers, they hope to quickly pass the reconstruction plan bill. For example, House Speaker Pelosi hopes that Congress will take swift action to develop a transformative infrastructure plan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/b55345e7966f98cb44655e2ee1d5f0ea\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"379\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Appendix IV: Details of Biden's Reconstruction Plan</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2aeb3bd2d6946393ea99fee60d03300f\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"614\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/118a22c23672c23b7ffdaff2e00b0f9b\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"423\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1fd4d7b6dfaec3e2161aa5abc88d706f\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"522\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee04e29c93d385e9e3f0123b9a2a6941\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"430\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/6a302cf76ac1ec43059d2ec6818aa587\" tg-width=\"806\" tg-height=\"425\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p>","source":"lsy1584436024241","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>A detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nA detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<p class=\"head\">\n<strong class=\"h-name small\"> 一瑜中的</strong><span class=\"h-time small\">2021-03-26 21:30</span>\n</p>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p>Authors: Zhang Yu, Fu Chunsheng</p><p><b>Main points</b></p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion relief package, discussions about Biden's infrastructure plan quickly heated up. Since the plan has not yet been officially announced, this report uses Biden's infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed during his campaign as a blueprint to understand Biden's infrastructure and tax increases from four perspectives (necessity, historical comparison, specific measures, and impact), in order to gain a general understanding of the measures and impact of the formal reconstruction plan in the future.</p><p>Biden's infrastructure: How to build it?</p><p><b>1. Is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at present?</b></p><p>It is absolutely necessary. First, the state of infrastructure is worrying. According to ASCE's latest assessment, U.S. infrastructure remains \"mostly substandard,\" indicating a serious \"deterioration.\" According to the Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, up from 5th in 2002. Secondly, there is a large investment gap. The total infrastructure investment gap over the next decade has reached $2.59 trillion. Finally, infrastructure spending is far lower than that of major economies. Europe's infrastructure spending is equivalent to 5% of GDP, China's infrastructure spending is about 8% of GDP, and the United States' is only 2.4%. The United States mainly relies on local and state governments for infrastructure investment, but local governments are gradually \"unable to keep up\". As infrastructure stock continues to grow, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, and new investment has been declining since the beginning of the 21st century.</p><p><b>II. Are there any precedents for the federal government leading infrastructure investment?</b></p><p>Historically, Biden's infrastructure investment is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment, with the largest investment being the Roosevelt New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which spent $120 billion on infrastructure, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, accounting for 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's information superhighway program cost a total of $400 billion, accounting for 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's infrastructure investment amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><b>III. What are Biden's specific infrastructure measures?</b></p><p>The plan proposed on Biden's campaign website is $2 trillion over 10 years, representing 9.3% of 2019 GDP. Infrastructure investment amounted to $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan has three key points: 1) The content is very broad. It covers eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean power investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization. 2) Promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". 3) Keep manufacturing in the United States. The need to prevent manufacturing relocation is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. It should be noted that the investment amounts for each sector in the plan are not yet clear, and only a few projects have proposed specific investment amounts.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's infrastructure projects have on the US economy?</b></p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Over 10 years, infrastructure spending will be approximately $130 billion annually. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (assessed by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion annually, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019. 2) Impact on employment: Biden's reconstruction plan may create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade. 3) Bank of America estimates that Biden’s infrastructure plan may bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant” GDP growth in the long term.</p><p>Biden raises taxes: How?</p><p><b>First, Biden's tax increase is almost certain.</b></p><p>Three reasons: 1) Tax increases are one of Biden's campaign slogans, and they are likely to be implemented. 2) Biden's campaign website explicitly states that the $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be raised entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of (taxes).\" 3) Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (Biden's reconstruction plan) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p><b>Second, there are precedents for raising taxes.</b></p><p>Since the 1950s, the income tax rate in the United States has generally shown a downward trend, with more tax cuts and fewer tax increases. There were three major tax increases. The first was the \"Vietnam War Surcharge\" levied from 1968 to 1970 to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War. Second, in 1990, George H.W. Bush raised taxes to cope with the growing deficit. Third, Clinton raised taxes in 1993, which was the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950, and its purpose was to reduce the fiscal deficit.</p><p><b>Third, the tax burden on the wealthy will increase, while the burden on the lower and middle classes will decrease; The tax burden on enterprises will increase, but the return of manufacturing will be encouraged.</b></p><p>Biden's target audience for tax increases is very clear: wealthy individuals and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes have been increased. On the one hand, the wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for the wealthy will be increased; on the other hand, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some other corporate taxes will be adjusted.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's tariffs have on the US economy?</b></p><p>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over 10 years). In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p><b>Two key timelines: When might a formal redevelopment plan be launched?</b></p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14th of this year, he clearly stated, \"When I appear before a joint session of Congress for the first time next month, I will present my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future.'\" Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11th, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi stated, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14th, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki said that there was no set date yet. Historically, the president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" no later than February. It is now expected overseas that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April, at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>First, after October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation procedure\". Second, the positive statements from top Democrats indicate that they will push the reconstruction plan to a congressional vote as quickly as possible or pursue a budget reconciliation process at the beginning of the new fiscal year.</p><p>Risk warning: Disagreements arise within the Democratic Party regarding the reconstruction plan.</p><p><b>Report Directory</b></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8a2d175dd5fcc77e4928e9a8001033b8\" tg-width=\"962\" tg-height=\"739\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Main text of the report</p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief Plan, discussions about the Biden Recovery Plan (Build Back Better Recovery Plan, which is also referred to as the \"Biden Infrastructure Plan\" in relevant domestic and international reports and reports because most of its measures are related to infrastructure) quickly intensified. According to a Bloomberg report on March 22, a reconstruction plan will soon be submitted to Biden, and the plan also includes a tax increase. White House Press Secretary Psaki also stated on the 22nd, \"Time is running out, so he will discuss the options, scale, and scope with his team this week.\" According to Biden's statement when proposing the relief plan, he will present his reconstruction plan to members of Congress during his first appearance at a joint session of Congress and his \"speech to a joint session of Congress,\" so the reconstruction plan may be officially \"unveiled\" in April.</p><p>Since Biden's reconstruction plan has not yet been released, this report will use the infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed by Biden during his campaign as a blueprint for analysis.</p><p>I. Biden's Infrastructure: How to \"Build\"?</p><p>Regarding Biden's infrastructure, we mainly need to clarify four questions. First, is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at this time? Second, is there any historical experience of the US government leading large-scale infrastructure investment? If so, historically, what is the scale of Biden's infrastructure investment? Third, how exactly should the specific areas and measures of the infrastructure plan be constructed? Fourth, what is the impact of infrastructure plans on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is it necessary for the United States to build large-scale infrastructure projects at present</p><p>The current state of infrastructure in the United States is worrying, and large-scale investment is very necessary. Most of the infrastructure systems in the United States were built in the 1960s, and many facilities have reached their maximum useful life and are nearing the point of \"obsolescence\".</p><p>I. The infrastructure condition is worrying, and the overall rating is low. The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) rated U.S. infrastructure as \"D+\" (A-F) in 2017 and upgraded to \"C-\" in 2021. Although the rating has improved, it also indicates that U.S. infrastructure is still \"mostly substandard,\" showing a more serious \"deterioration\" situation. From a global perspective, the rating of the US infrastructure sector has also been declining over the past two decades. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, down from 5th in 2002, a drop of 8 places in 17 years.</p><p>Second, the United States currently has a large-scale infrastructure investment gap, which, if not filled, will have a huge negative impact on economic and social development. There are two sources of assessment: 1) A 2021 report by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) stated that the total infrastructure investment gap in the United States has reached $2.59 trillion over the next decade. If not filled, the United States will lose $10 trillion in GDP and $2.4 trillion in exports by 2039. 2) A 2016 McKinsey study estimated that $150 billion in infrastructure investment would be needed annually from 2017 to 2030 to keep up with the U.S. economy’s demand for infrastructure.</p><p>Third, the United States spends far less on infrastructure than the world's major economies and relies heavily on state and local governments. European countries spend 5% of their GDP on infrastructure construction and maintenance, while China spends an average of about 8% of its GDP on infrastructure, while the United States spends only 2.4%[1]. Furthermore, unlike most other industrialized countries, the United States relies primarily on local and state government spending to meet its infrastructure needs. Most European countries or regions fund most infrastructure construction at the national level, but in 2017, only 25% of public infrastructure funding in the United States came from the federal government. This figure is far lower than the peak of 38% in 1977, indicating that the federal government is bearing less and less responsibility for spending on public infrastructure. As the stock of infrastructure in the United States continues to increase, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, which has led to a decline in new infrastructure investment since the early 2000s.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92d1fe0e962d44eff5f6d6a13da64df6\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"482\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/80cf9e50d231575711b16ef73e71bb98\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"383\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(ii) Has the federal government made large-scale infrastructure investments in history?</p><p>Since the beginning of the last century, the United States has experienced four large-scale infrastructure investments led by the federal government. Historically, Biden's infrastructure plan is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the beginning of the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment. The largest investment was in Roosevelt's New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which included $120 billion in infrastructure spending, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, about 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's Information Superhighway program totaled $400 billion, or 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's campaign website announced that infrastructure spending was approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/482f1bb788c01537a9201e79b2e0f4b1\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"380\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>1. Roosevelt's New Deal</p><p>Following the Great Depression, to stimulate employment recovery, Roosevelt signed the National Industrial Recovery Act of 1933, believing that extensive public works programs could directly create jobs. The establishment of agencies such as the Federal Economic Relief Administration, the Public Works Administration (PWA), and the Works Promotion Agency (WPA) has created over ten million jobs in the United States. By the eve of World War II, federal government spending on engineering and direct relief had reached $18 billion, accounting for 31% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 14% of U.S. GDP in 1941. In terms of broad spending, Roosevelt's New Deal federal spending totaled $41.7 billion, accounting for 73% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 32% of U.S. GDP in 1941.</p><p>Large-scale public works spending has also yielded significant results: in terms of public works, WPA's small projects include 78,000 bridges and viaducts and 572,000 miles of rural roads; In the first six years of its establishment, the PWA completed approximately 1.14 street and highway projects, totaling 37,000 miles[2]. By the eve of World War II, the United States had built nearly 1,000 airfields, more than 12,000 sports fields, and more than 800 school buildings and hospitals. In terms of employment, the WPA alone provided jobs for approximately eight million people between 1935 and 1943.</p><p>2. Eisenhower: Interstate Highway</p><p>In the 1950s, Eisenhower advocated the construction of an interstate highway system in the United States. In 1956, he signed the Federal Highway Aid Act, authorizing $25 billion to build 41,000 miles of interstate highways over a decade. This cost would be paid for by tax revenues such as gasoline taxes deposited into the Federal Highway Trust Fund, with the federal government providing about 90% of the total expenditure and the remaining 10% paid by the states. The cost of building interstate highways accounted for about 5.6% of U.S. GDP in 1956.</p><p>3. Clinton: \"Information Superhighway Plan\"</p><p>In 1992, U.S. presidential candidate Bill Clinton proposed building an information superhighway during his campaign. After Clinton took office in 1993, the \"Information Superhighway Project\" was officially implemented. The planned investment is $400 billion over 20 years to gradually lay telecommunications fiber optic cables to all home users. In 1994, the U.S. government proposed an initiative to build a global information infrastructure, which aims to connect global information networks through satellite communications and telecommunications fiber optic cables and form a competitive mechanism for information sharing[3]. The total investment in the Information Superhighway Program accounted for 5.8% of U.S. GDP in 1993.</p><p>4. Obama: ARRA Fiscal Stimulus Act</p><p>Following the financial crisis, Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) fiscal stimulus bill in February 2009, with an initial total size of $787 billion. The Congressional Budget Office projected total spending of approximately $840 billion in 2015, of which about $120 billion was for infrastructure projects, including: $48 billion for transportation and public transportation projects, $31 billion for the modernization of federal buildings, $31 billion for the modernization of school and scientific facilities, $6 billion for water conservancy projects, and $5 billion for housing climate change projects. Infrastructure spending under the ARRA Act accounted for only 0.8% of GDP in 2009.</p><p>(iii) What are the specific measures of Biden's infrastructure plan?</p><p>1. Three key points of the infrastructure plan</p><p>The \"Building Modern, Sustainable Infrastructure and a Fair, Clean Energy Future\" plan proposed on Biden's campaign website spans 10 years and totals $2 trillion, accounting for approximately 9.3% of GDP in 2019. If we only look at infrastructure spending, it is approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan published on the campaign website has two characteristics:</p><p>First, the content is very broad. The plan is not limited to traditional infrastructure and clean energy investments, but also includes new infrastructure such as smart cities and broadband, automotive industry development, building renovation and affordable housing construction, sustainable agriculture, manufacturing revitalization and SME development, and community equality and development.</p><p>Secondly, promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". It can be said that increasing employment and rebuilding the middle class are major objectives of Biden's massive infrastructure development. In Biden's vision, the plan can significantly create new jobs. For example, investment in infrastructure will create millions of jobs, the automotive industry will create 1 million jobs, investment in the power sector will create millions of jobs, investment in construction and housing will create 1 million high-paying jobs, and agricultural protection will create 250,000 jobs.</p><p>Third, keep manufacturing in the United States. Preventing the relocation of manufacturing is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. This statement was mentioned multiple times in the plan, for example: ensuring that automakers are encouraged to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically; Invest in battery technology, but ensure that battery production is carried out domestically, etc.</p><p>In addition, it is worth noting that the specific investment amounts for each sector in the infrastructure plan are still unclear, with only a few projects proposing clear investment amounts. Because the plan was very \"rough,\" it did not have a very detailed spending plan, and only proposed investment amounts for a few projects, such as increasing federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term (the specific procurement plan was not specified). $100 billion to improve public school buildings; In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion to repair highways, roads, and bridges; Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure and provide $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas; An additional $10 billion will be invested over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas; A $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund will be used to fund major infrastructure projects, among other things. The investment amount explicitly mentioned in the plan brief is only a little over $800 billion.</p><p>2. Beyond infrastructure, the plan covers eight major areas.</p><p>Overall, Biden's infrastructure plan is not limited to the \"infrastructure sector,\" but has a very broad scope, covering eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean electricity investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization (a brief introduction is below; see the appendix for details).</p><p>First, build modern infrastructure.</p><p>1) Road repair and construction. In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion in repairing highways, roads, and bridges, and made transportation investments in remote areas. 2) The Second Railway Revolution. Invest heavily in high-speed rail, improve the passenger and freight railway systems, promote the electrification of the railway system, and reduce diesel emissions. 3) Vigorously develop public transportation. By 2030, high-quality public transportation systems will be built in cities with a population of over 100,000. Invest an additional $10 billion over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas. 4) Improve the airport. Double funding for airport improvement programs, provide competitive grants for major airport renovation projects, and fully implement next-generation aviation technology systems. 5) Invest heavily in freight infrastructure, including inland waterways, freight corridors, freight railways, transit facilities and ports. Increase grants for the BUILD and INFRA transportation infrastructure grant projects from 1.8 billion to 3.5 billion annually; Add 2.5 billion yuan annually to the Army Corps of Engineers to promote the modernization of ship locks in inland waterways; Support port port infrastructure. 6) Water conservancy infrastructure construction. Replace aging pipes, double federal investment in clean drinking water and water infrastructure, monitor lead and other contaminants in water systems, and hold polluting companies accountable. Invest in water technology research and development and encourage private sector innovation. 7) New infrastructure projects: smart city construction. $1 billion annually to help five cities pilot new planning strategies and smart city technologies. Invest in broadband networks. Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure, and $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas and increase the number of broadband providers participating. 8) Establish a transformation project fund. Establish a $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund to provide assistance for large and complex infrastructure projects.</p><p>Second, it will enable the U.S. auto industry to lead the world this century and accelerate the transition to low-carbon and carbon-free vehicles.</p><p>1) Demand side: Restore the full tax credit for electric vehicles, use federal procurement to increase demand for clean vehicles, and accelerate the upgrade of 3 million government-system vehicles. The goal is to have all new buses manufactured in the United States achieve zero emissions by 2030, converting 500,000 school buses nationwide into zero-emission vehicles. 2) Encourage automakers to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically. 3) Invest $5 billion in battery and energy storage technologies over five years, while ensuring that battery production is carried out domestically. 4) Establish a national charging system consisting of 500,000 public charging points, and provide an additional $1 billion annually to ensure that charging stations are installed by certified technicians. 5) Convene the U.S. Department of Energy and Transportation to coordinate special demonstration projects and provide grants to municipalities and counties willing to pilot new charging infrastructure. 6) Establish fuel economy standards to reduce air pollution.</p><p>Third, clean power investment: achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035.</p><p>1) Develop clean electricity and achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035. 2) Vigorously develop the power grid, promote market reforms, and expand the regional electricity market. 3) Establish energy efficiency and clean electricity standards (EECES) for utilities and grid operators; 4) Upgrade transmission lines to support a larger regional electricity market and promote large-scale energy storage demonstration projects. 5) Research investment and tax incentives for carbon capture, permanent storage, and utilization of carbon capture technologies will be doubled.</p><p>Fourth, building renovation to improve building energy efficiency.</p><p>1) Promote school modernization. Invest $100 billion to improve public school buildings and upgrade child care and early learning facilities across the country. 2) Building energy-saving renovation. Within four years, 4 million commercial buildings will be upgraded and 2 million households will undergo energy-saving renovations. Promote the electrification of the construction industry and increase investment in energy-saving renovation projects for low-income housing and key technologies such as electric heat pumps; Construction of net-zero carbon federal buildings, etc. 3) The carbon footprint of U.S. building stock will be reduced by half by 2035. 4) Promote the construction of 1.5 million public housing units and inject more funds into low-income communities to promote the construction of affordable housing and the development of small businesses.</p><p>Fifth, make historic investments in clean energy innovation.</p><p>1) Increase federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term, with a focus on purchasing key clean energy inputs such as batteries and electric vehicles. 2) Focus on strategic research areas such as clean energy, clean transportation, clean industrial processes and clean materials over the next four years. 3) Strengthen and build key clean energy supply chains in the United States, address issues such as dependence on rare earth minerals, and accelerate innovation in supply chain resilience. 4) Invest heavily in national laboratories, high-performance computing facilities, and other critical infrastructure.</p><p>Sixth, invest in sustainable agriculture and environmental protection.</p><p>1) Through grassroots climate organizations, call on and mobilize a new generation of Americans to engage in environmental protection and climate change response. 2) Make preliminary investments to clean up the damage and impact of past resource extraction on the environment. 3) Maintain American farms and ranches. Provide low-cost funding for farmers to transition to new equipment and methods, fund research and development in precision agriculture and new crops, and establish a voluntary carbon agriculture market; Pursuing pro-worker and pro-family peasant trade policies; Strengthening food supply security and resilience; Ensure fair competition among small and medium-sized farms, etc.</p><p>Seventh, community equality and development.</p><p>1) Provide $5 billion annually to expand the new market tax credit and make the program permanent; 2) Provide double funding to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund to support financial institutions in low-income areas. 3) Establish a $10 billion urban revitalization fund to carry out creative revitalization projects in struggling cities. 4) Funding anchor institutions in impoverished areas (referring to hospitals, colleges and universities, as well as government administrative agencies, etc.). 5) Fully implement the \"10-20-30 Plan\" (allocating 10% of all federal programs to counties where 20% or more of the population has lived below the poverty line in the past 30 years).</p><p>Eighth, revitalize the country's manufacturing industry and small and medium-sized enterprises.</p><p>1) Revitalize the manufacturing industry. Quadruple funding for the Manufacturing Expansion Partnership Project to provide technical support to small manufacturers in global competition; Develop low-carbon manufacturing in each state; Use tax credits and subsidies to help businesses upgrade equipment and processes, invest in expanding or building new factories, and deploy low-carbon technologies; Provide funding for more competitive or low-carbon manufacturing industries, etc. 2) Promote the development of small and medium-sized enterprises Extend the National Small Business Credit Initiative program to 2025, and increase federal funding to $3 billion; Provide $5 billion to states to develop policies that encourage small business startups, such as supporting technology transfer from public universities to the private sector.</p><p>(iv) What is the impact of Biden's infrastructure on the US economy?</p><p>How should the impact of infrastructure spending on the economy be assessed? We can draw on past assessments of infrastructure effectiveness by American academia and think tanks: 1) A 2014 study by the University of Maryland showed that every $1 spent on public transportation infrastructure investment increases GDP by about $3, with a greater impact during economic recessions. 2) According to a 2014 report by the University of Chicago, an $83 billion infrastructure investment plan—roughly equivalent to 0.6% of GDP—will create 1.7 million jobs in the first three years. 3) According to estimates by global consulting firm McKinsey & Company, every 1 percentage point of GDP increase in U.S. infrastructure spending will create 1.5 million jobs for the economy. 4) The Economic Policy Institute estimates that the return on investment in infrastructure is very high. A review of dozens of infrastructure studies shows that every $100 spent... in the long run will increase private sector output by $13 (median) and $17 (average), respectively. 5) According to the U.S. Congressional Budget Office's (CBO) assessment of Obama's ARRA Act, the output multiplier for infrastructure is between 0.4 and 2.2.</p><p>We can draw on the assessment results of infrastructure effects from American academia and think tanks to roughly estimate the overall impact of Biden's infrastructure plan on the US economy and employment.</p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Biden's infrastructure plan identifies infrastructure spending of approximately $1.3 trillion, with an investment cycle of 10 years, averaging about $130 billion per year, accounting for about 0.6% of GDP in 2019. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (combined with the output multiplier estimated by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP over the next ten years will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019.</p><p>2) Impact on employment: According to the University of Chicago's employment impact estimate, $1.3 trillion in infrastructure spending will create more than 2 million jobs annually over the next decade. According to McKinsey's assessment, it is estimated that approximately 10 million jobs will be created over the next decade. The job impact estimated in the Biden team's plan brief is to create more than 10 million jobs. In summary, Biden's reconstruction plan could create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade.</p><p>3) Bank of America estimated in a report that Biden’s $2 trillion infrastructure plan could bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant growth” in the long term, and that every 1% increase in U.S. GDP growth would bring about 3% to 4% growth in the earnings of S&P 500 companies[4].</p><p>II. Biden's Tax Increase: How Will It Be</p><p>Similarly, let's understand Biden's tax increases from four perspectives. First, is Biden certain he wants to raise taxes, and what is the purpose of raising taxes? Second, is there any precedent for raising taxes in American history? Third, how does Biden plan to raise taxes? Fourth, what impact will the tax increase have on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is Biden determined to raise taxes? What is the purpose?</p><p>Will Biden raise taxes? Tax increases should be a certainty. First, Biden clearly proposed a tax increase plan during his campaign, which was one of his campaign slogans, and it is highly likely that he will implement it. Second, Biden's campaign website states that up to $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be funded entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of taxes.\" Third, Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (referring to Biden's reconstruction plan bill) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p>Biden's tax hikes have three purposes: first, to raise funds for reconstruction programs; second, to fulfill campaign promises; and third, to promote tax fairness through tax system adjustments and to adjust the wealth gap through redistribution. It is clear from the tax system adjustments that the tax burden on the wealthy, high-income groups, and businesses has increased, while the tax credits for low- and middle-income earners have expanded significantly.</p><p>(ii) Are there any precedents for tax increases?</p><p>Before 1950, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States both showed a gradual upward trend. During this period, the main reason for tax increases was to raise funds for war. During World War I and World War II, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax rose significantly. Since the 1950s, the highest marginal tax rates for personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States have generally shown a gradual downward trend, with many periods of tax cuts and very few periods of tax increases.</p><p>There have been five major tax cuts since 1950: the Kennedy tax cuts in 1963, the Carter tax cuts in 1979, the Reagan tax cuts in the 1980s, the George W. Bush tax cuts in 2001, and the Trump tax cuts in 2017.</p><p>The most obvious tax increases since 1950 have been three.</p><p>The first time was in the late 1960s. The main reason for the tax increase was still war factors. From 1968 to 1970, in order to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War, the United States levied the \"Vietnam War Surcharge,\" which was abolished after 1970.</p><p>The second instance was in 1990, when George H.W. Bush passed the Oversight Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to cope with the increased deficit caused by the sharp rise in public spending on defense and healthcare, raising the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 28% to 31%.</p><p>The third was Clinton's tax increase in 1993, which was also the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950. To reduce the fiscal deficit, Clinton proposed a tax increase plan in 1993, raising the top marginal personal income tax rate from 31% to 39.6% and the top marginal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 35%. It is worth noting that the increase in the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 35% to 39.6% in 2012 was not due to tax increases, but rather because the Bush tax cuts had expired, and the tax rate automatically returned to the level before the tax cuts.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/059fc482c64a72c92006019e12fd347f\" tg-width=\"819\" tg-height=\"450\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/9a271519721bfe2d2e70b5c022a30421\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"683\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(iii) How does Biden plan to raise taxes?</p><p>Biden's tax increases mainly focus on two aspects:<b>First, wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for high-income groups; second, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some corporate taxes will be adjusted.</b>As can be seen from the specific details of the following clauses, Biden's targets for tax increases are very clear: wealthy groups and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes of society have been increased.</p><p>1. Individual tax system adjustment: The tax burden on the wealthy increases, while the burden on the lower and middle classes decreases.</p><p>1) A 12.4% Social Security payroll tax would be levied on people earning more than $400,000 a year, split equally between employers and employees. Under the pioneering tax law, individuals with annual incomes above 137,700 do not need to pay Social Security payroll tax.</p><p>2) Raise the maximum personal income tax rate for taxable income exceeding $400,000 from the current 37% to 39.6%; For groups with an annual income exceeding $400,000, even with tax incentives for itemized deductions, their personal income tax rate must not be lower than 28%. Restore the \"Pease Limit\" on item deductions for taxable income exceeding $400,000; For groups with taxable income exceeding $400,000, the eligible business income deduction will be gradually eliminated.</p><p>3) Tax long-term capital gains and qualified Dividend income exceeding US$1 million at an ordinary income tax rate of 39.6%, eliminating the progressive nature of capital gains tax.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Expand the labor income tax credit for employees aged 65 and above without children, and provide individuals with tax credits related to renewable energy; Expand the Child and Dependent Tax Credit (CDCTC) from a maximum of $3,000 to $8,000 ($16,000 for multiple dependents) and increase the maximum reimbursement rate from 35% to 50%. In 2021, the Child Tax Credit (CTC) for children aged 17 and under will be increased from a maximum of $2,000 to $3,000, while an additional $600 credit will be provided for children under 6, with the CTC being fully refunded. It is worth mentioning that the measures regarding CTC have been implemented in the 1.9 trillion relief plan; Rebuild the first-time homebuyer tax credit policy, providing a $15,000 tax credit for first-time homebuyers.</p><p>5) Restore the rates and exemptions for inheritance tax and gift tax to the levels of 2009. Following Trump's tax reform in 2017, the estate and gift tax exemption for 2018-2025 was increased from $5 million to $10 million per person, while the tax rate remained at 40%. If it returns to 2009 levels, the tax allowance will be reduced from the current 10 million to 3.5 million, and the tax rate will increase from 40% to 45%.</p><p>6) Other adjustments lacking clear information: Replace traditional deductions by providing refundable tax credits to balance the tax benefits of traditional retirement accounts (such as 401(k) and individual retirement accounts); Abolish certain provisions of the real estate tax; Expanding the Affordable Care Act premium tax credit; Create a refundable tenant tax credit and provide a credit of no more than $5 billion per year, aiming to keep rent and utility bills below 30% of tenants' monthly income; Increase the amount of housing tax credits for low-income earners.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee544b934d79e80772ee93dede7fba86\" tg-width=\"954\" tg-height=\"583\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c55ac12a24c96f38ba548d45117f82cb\" tg-width=\"945\" tg-height=\"759\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Corporate tax system adjustment: Tax burden increases, but manufacturing is encouraged to return.</p><p>1) Raise the corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28%.</p><p>2) Impose a minimum tax on companies with book profits exceeding $100 million. The minimum tax is an alternative tax – businesses will pay the higher of regular corporate income tax or the 15% minimum tax, while still allowing net operating loss (NOL) and foreign tax credits.</p><p>3) Double the Global Intangible Low Tax Income Tax rate for overseas subsidiaries of U.S. companies from 10.5% to 21%. It is proposed to conduct a country-by-country assessment of GILTI of overseas subsidiaries and remove the provision that treats GILTI below 10% of qualified corporate asset investments (QBAI) as a return exemption.</p><p>Prior to the 2017 tax reform, the United States generally taxed the global income of its companies and residents. U.S. companies could apply to defer taxation on the active business income of their overseas subsidiaries until the income was repatriated to the United States as Dividend. Following tax reform, the United States exempted earnings from active operations of U.S. companies' overseas subsidiaries, meaning they would not be taxed even if these earnings were repatriated (but passive investment income from foreign subsidiaries would still be taxed). The U.S. Congress, concerned that a complete exemption for multinational corporations' foreign income could exacerbate their practice of shifting profits to low-tax jurisdictions overseas, imposed a minimum tax rate of 10.5% on low-tax income from global intangible assets to prevent profit shifting. GILTI refers to revenue generated from intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, and copyrights. Intangible assets are highly mobile, and this tax rate attempts to prevent U.S. companies from transferring intangible assets overseas.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Establish tax credits for the manufacturing sector; Expand tax credits for new markets and make them permanent; Provide tax credits for small businesses that adopt workplace retirement savings plans; Expand tax credits related to renewable energy, including those for carbon capture, use, and storage, as well as those for residential energy efficiency, and restore the Energy Investment Tax Credit (ITC) and Electric Vehicle Tax Credit, ending tax subsidies for fossil fuels.</p><p>5) Other adjustments lacking clear information: A 10% surtax will be imposed on companies that \"transfer manufacturing and service jobs overseas in order to sell products or provide services to the U.S. market.\" A priority 10% Made in America tax credit is provided for activities that resume production, revitalize closed or soon-to-be-closed facilities, restructure facilities to promote manufacturing employment, or expand manufacturing wage scales.</p><p>(iv) The impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy</p><p>The impact of tariffs on the economy is quite complex. We mainly rely on assessments by overseas think tanks to gain a general understanding of the impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy.<b>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over those 10 years).</b>In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p>1. Tax Foundation estimates</p><p>1) Impact of fiscal revenue: Biden’s tax plan will raise approximately $2.8 trillion over the next 10 years. 2) Economic impact: Over the next decade, it will reduce GDP by a total of 1.62%, GNP by a total of 1.83%, reduce the capital stock by 3.75%, reduce the long-term average wage level by 1.15%, and cause the loss of 542,000 jobs. 3) Impact of income distribution: Biden’s tax plan will reduce the after-tax income of the richest 1% of taxpayers by about 7.7% by 2030, and the average after-tax income of all taxpayers will decrease by 1.9%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92310243b616c89248067f2f1a18ffc3\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"475\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Tax Policy Center</p><p>1) Economic impact: This will reduce the total US GDP by 3.4% over the next decade. The impact on GDP will turn positive in 2040, and the positive impact will gradually increase in the years after 2040. 2) Revenue impact: This will reduce U.S. federal revenue by $161 billion from 2021 to 2030 (approximately 8% of total revenue over those 10 years) and by $90 billion from 2031 to 2040. By 2040, the impact of the tax plan on federal revenue will turn positive, and its positive effect will gradually increase in the following years of 2040.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b75c8d26db2d05446f6e6db4dec6a9a\" tg-width=\"944\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/3d0a76e285bdc0d17be49c9ec0fbade5\" tg-width=\"951\" tg-height=\"364\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>III. Key Timeline: When might the formal reconstruction plan be launched?</p><p>Currently, the Biden team has not released a formal plan or investment details. To track Biden's reconstruction plan, there are two key timelines worth paying attention to:</p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden first proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14 this year, he clearly stated: \"Next month, when I attend my first joint session of Congress, I will propose my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future'[5].\" Under normal circumstances, Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11, House Speaker Pelosi said, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki stated, \"There is no set date yet... We are certainly still interested in committing to a joint meeting. We will stay in touch with them, but I don't know the specific time.\" Historically, the latest time a president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" is no later than February. It is now expected that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April[6], at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>The launch and implementation of Biden's reconstruction plan requires the approval of the U.S. Congress. Currently, Democrats control the House of Representatives and can easily pass bills there. However, the Democrats only have a slight advantage in the Senate, with only one more vote than the Republicans, and cannot bypass the Senate's \"filibuster\" (60 votes are required). There are only two ways for Biden's reconstruction plan to pass the Senate. One is to secure the support of at least 10 more Republican senators, provided that all Democratic senators agree. Second, the budget reconciliation process will be reactivated, consistent with the congressional process followed by the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan, requiring only 51 votes to pass the Senate.</p><p>Based on current statements from senior Republican Senate officials, the feasibility of the first option is extremely low. Senate Republican Leader McConnell said on Monday, \"We've heard that a so-called infrastructure bill may be introduced in the coming months, which could actually be a Trojan horse containing significant tax increases and other left-wing policies that harm jobs.\"</p><p>For Biden's reconstruction plan to be implemented, the most likely outcome is to initiate a budget reconciliation process. The U.S. fiscal year runs from October to September of the following year, and the budget reconciliation process can generally only be used once in a fiscal year (originally, the three areas of revenue, expenditure, and deficit each had one opportunity to initiate the budget reconciliation process each fiscal year, but bills generally cover more than one area, and historically, the budget reconciliation process can only be used once in a fiscal year at most). This year, the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan has already used the \"quota\" from fiscal year 2021. If the budget reconciliation process is to be initiated again, it will have to wait until the start of fiscal year 2022. October is the second crucial time. First, by October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation process.\" Secondly, judging from the statements of Democratic lawmakers, they hope to quickly pass the reconstruction plan bill. For example, House Speaker Pelosi hopes that Congress will take swift action to develop a transformative infrastructure plan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/b55345e7966f98cb44655e2ee1d5f0ea\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"379\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Appendix IV: Details of Biden's Reconstruction Plan</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2aeb3bd2d6946393ea99fee60d03300f\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"614\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/118a22c23672c23b7ffdaff2e00b0f9b\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"423\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1fd4d7b6dfaec3e2161aa5abc88d706f\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"522\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee04e29c93d385e9e3f0123b9a2a6941\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"430\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/6a302cf76ac1ec43059d2ec6818aa587\" tg-width=\"806\" tg-height=\"425\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n<p> source：<a href=\"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/wHg1mjYamSNUdcMzJvj0VA\"> 一瑜中的</a></p>\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ff7dc206228e5f0b17e2120c141f32db","relate_stocks":{".DJI":"道琼斯"},"source_url":"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/wHg1mjYamSNUdcMzJvj0VA","is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1170764582","content_text":"作者：张瑜 付春生主要观点1.9万亿美元救济落地后，关于拜登基建计划的讨论热度迅速升温。由于计划目前尚未正式公布，本篇报告以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本，从四个角度（必要性、历史比较、具体措施、影响）去理解拜登的基建和加税，以期对未来正式的重建计划的措施和影响进行大致摸底。拜登基建：怎么建？一、美国目前有没有必要大兴基建？非常有必要。首先，基础设施状况堪忧。据ASCE最新评估，美国基础设施仍「大多低于标准」，表现出较为严重的「恶化」状况。据《全球竞争力报告》，2019年美国在基础设施领域的排名居全球第13位，2002年时则居第5位。其次，存在大规模投资缺口。未来十年基建总投资缺口已经达到2.59万亿美元。最后，基建支出力度远低于主要经济体，欧洲基建支出相当于GDP的5％，中国基建支出约占GDP的8％，而美国仅为2.4％。美国主要依赖地方和州政府进行基建投资，但地方政府逐渐「力不能及」。随着基建存量不断增加，州和地方政府不得不承担更多的运营和维护成本，新增投资额自21世纪初以来一直下降。二、有无联邦政府主导基建投资的先例？从历史比较看，拜登基建是上世纪来美国第二大规模的联邦基建投资。上世纪以来，美国联邦政府主导了四轮大规模基建投资，投资力度最大的是罗斯福新政，公共工程类支出180亿美元，占1933年GDP的31%；投资力度最小的是奥巴马ARRA法案，基建类支出1200亿美元，占2009年GDP的0.8%。艾森豪威尔修建州际高速公路的耗资为250亿美元，占1956年GDP的5.6%，克林顿的信息高速公路计划总投资额4000亿，占1993年GDP的5.8%。拜登基建投资的规模大约1.3万亿美元，占2019年GDP的6.1%，是上世纪以来规模第二大的投资。三、拜登基建的具体措施有哪些？拜登竞选网站上提出的计划规模为2 万亿美元，为期10年，占2019年GDP的9.3%；其中基建投资1.3万亿美元，占2019年GDP的6.1%。计划有三个重点：1）内容十分广泛。涵盖了现代化基建、汽车工业发展、清洁电力投资、建筑改造和住房建设、清洁能源投资、可持续农业、社区平等发展和制造业振兴共八大领域。2）促进就业和重建中产阶级是「重头戏」。3）把制造业留在美国。防止制造业外迁与创造就业的需求是内在一致的。需注意的是，计划中各领域的投资额尚不明晰，只有少数项目提出了明确投资额。四、拜登基建对美国经济有何影响？1）对GDP的影响：10年里，每年基建支出约1300亿，按照产出乘数0.4-3来估计（马里兰大学和CBO的评估），每年对GDP的额外产出贡献约为520亿~3900亿美元，约为2019年名义GDP的0.2%~1.8%。2）对就业的影响：拜登的重建计划在未来十年或将给美国创造超千万的就业岗位。3）美银估计，拜登基建计划在短期内可能会带来2％至9％的GDP增长，从长期来看会使GDP「显著增长」。拜登加税：怎么加？一、拜登加税基本是确定的。三大理由：1）加税是拜登竞选口号之一，大概率将履行。2）在拜登竞选网站上明确写到， 1.3万亿基建投资将全部通过「确保超级富豪和企业支付他们公平的（税收）份额」来筹集。3）财政部长耶伦曾表示，下一个法案（拜登重建计划）的一部分支出将由加税来筹集。二、加税有先例可寻。1950年代以来，美国所得税率整体呈下降趋势，减税多，加税少。主要的加税有三次，一是1968-1970年为应对越战开支而征收的「越战附加税」。二是1990年老布什为应对赤字增长而加税。三是1993年克林顿加税，这也是1950年以来美国最大范围和规模的一次加税，其目的也是为了削减财政赤字。三、富人税负增加，中下阶层减负；企业税负增加，但鼓励制造业回流。拜登的加税对象非常明确，就是富有群体和企业，对社会中下阶层的税收优惠和抵免反而提高了。一方面，提高富裕群体的工资税、所得税、资本利得税和遗产税等，另一方面，重新上调企业所得税率，对其他一些企业税进行调整。四、拜登加税对美国经济有何影响？就经济增长而言，税务基金会和税收政策中心均预估加税会对未来十年对经济增长造成负面影响，会使未来十年GDP下降1.62%~3.4%。就税收收入而言，税务基金会认为加税在未来十年可以筹集约2.8万亿税收收入，而税收政策中心估计加税将使未来十年联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占10年总收入的8%）。此外税务基金会预计加税将使工资水平下降、就业岗位流失，使收入差距缩小但整体居民税后收入下降。两个关键时间点：正式的重建计划可能会在什么时候推出？第一个关键时间点：今年4-5月。拜登在今年1月14日提出「美国救济计划」时曾明确说道：「在我下个月第一次出席国会联席会议时，我将提出我的‘重建更好未来的复苏计划’。」拜登的重建计划本应该在2月份就正式提出，但疫情才是第一要务，2月11日众议院议长佩洛西表示，「在我们通过新冠疫情纾困法案之前，我们不会做任何事情。」由于美国救济计划在国会遭遇阻力，直到3月14日才正式落地，因此拜登至今还未出席国会联席会议，重建计划也还没有正式提出。国会联席会议什么时候召开呢？这是关键。3月24日白宫发言人普萨基表示，目前还没有确定时间。历史上，总统出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」的时间最晚不超过2月份。现在海外预期拜登将在4月正式出席国会联席会议，那么届时他将向议员介绍重建计划。另据高盛预计，白宫或在5月向国会递交详细的预算方案。再根据民主党高层的表态，希望基建方案能在5月通过参众两院下属的委员会，所以我们预计，重建计划的总规模和具体的项目细节大概率将于4-5月公布。第二个关键时间点：10月。第一，10月以后民主党可再次启用「预算和解程序」。第二，民主党高层的积极表态表明其会尽可能快地推动重建计划进入国会表决或者在新财年伊始就推动重建计划再走预算和解程序。风险提示：民主党内部就重建计划产生分歧。报告目录报告正文在1.9万亿美国救济计划落地后，关于拜登重建计划（Build Back Better Recovery Plan，因其大部分措施与基建相关，国内外相关报道和报告也将之称为「拜登基建计划」）的讨论热度迅速升温。据彭博3月22日的报道，近期重建计划方案将递交给拜登，且该计划还包含了加税方案。白宫新闻秘书普萨基也在22日表示，「时间快了，所以他本周将与他的团队讨论有哪些选择，规模和范围。」根据拜登在提出救济计划时的表态，他将在第一次出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」时，向国会议员推介他的重建计划，所以重建计划或将在4月正式「亮相」。由于拜登的重建计划目前尚未公布，本篇报告就以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本来分析。一、拜登基建：怎么「建」？关于拜登基建，我们主要弄清楚四个问题即可。第一，美国目前有没有必要大兴基建？第二，有没有美国政府主导基建大投资的历史经验？如果有，从历史比较，拜登基建投资规模如何？第三，基建计划的具体领域和措施，到底如何建？第四，基建计划对美国经济的影响如何？（一）美国目前有必要大兴基建吗？美国目前的基础设施状况堪忧，非常有必要进行大规模投资。美国大部分的基础设施系统建成于1960年代，许多设施已经达到了最大使用期限，接近「报废」的关头。一、基础设施状况堪忧，综合评定等级较低。美国土木工程师学会（ASCE）2017年对美国基础设施的评定等级为「D+」（等级为A-F），2021年的评定等级升至「C-」。虽然评级有所好转，但也表明美国基础设施仍「大多低于标准」，表现出较为严重的「恶化」状况。从全球比较看，近二十年来美国基础设施领域的评级也在不断下降。根据世界经济论坛的《全球竞争力报告》，2019年美国在基础设施领域的排名位居全球第13位，而2002年时则位居5位，17年里下降了8个名次。二、美国目前存在大规模基建投资缺口，如果不弥补，会对经济和社会发展造成巨大负面影响。有两个评估来源：1）美国土木工程师学会（ASCE）2021年报告认为，未来十年美国基建投资总缺口已经达到2.59万亿美元，如果不弥补，到2039年美国将损失10万亿GDP，损失2.4万亿出口。2）麦肯锡2016年的研究认为，从2017年至2030年，每年需要1500亿美元的基础设施投资，才能跟上美国经济对基础设施的需求。三、美国基建支出力度远低于世界主要经济体，并且主要依赖于州和地方政府。欧洲国家在建设和维护基础设施上的支出相当于GDP的5％，中国的基础设施支出平均约占其GDP的8％，而美国仅为2.4％[1]。此外，与多数其他工业化国家的不同之处在于，美国主要依赖地方和州政府的支出来满足其基础设施的需求。大多数欧洲国家或地区在国家层面上为大部分基础设施建设提供资金，但2017年美国公共基础设施资金中只有25％来自联邦政府，这个数字远低于1977年38％的峰值，表明联邦政府在公共基建上承担的支出责任越来越少。随着美国基建存量不断增加，州和地方政府不得不承担更多的运营和维护成本，也使得基建的新增投资额从2000年代初以来一直下降。（二）历史上联邦政府进行过基建大投资吗？上世纪以来，美国经历过四次联邦政府主导的大规模基建投资，从历史比较看，拜登基建计划是上世纪以来美国第二大规模的联邦基建投资。上世纪以来美国联邦政府主导了四轮大规模基建投资，投资力度最大的是罗斯福新政，公共工程相关支出180亿美元，占1933年GDP的31%；投资力度最小的是奥巴马ARRA法案，其中基建类支出1200亿美元，占2009年GDP的0.8%。艾森豪威尔修建州际高速公路的耗资为250亿美元，约占1956年GDP的5.6%，克林顿的信息高速公路计划总投资额4000亿，占1993年GDP的5.8%。拜登竞选网站上公布的基建类支出大约为1.3万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的6.1%，是上世纪以来规模第二大的投资。1、罗斯福新政大萧条后，为了刺激就业复苏，1933年罗斯福签署《国家工业复兴法》，他认为通过广泛的的公共工程计划能直接带来就业机会。通过设立联邦经济救济署、公共工程管理局（PWA）、公共事业振兴署（WPA）等机构为美国带来了逾千万的就业。到二战前夕，联邦政府工程费用和直接救济费用支出高达180亿美元，占1933年美国GDP比重的31%，占1941年美国GDP比重的14%。如果从广义支出看，罗斯福新政的联邦支出总额为417亿美元，占1933年美国GDP比重的73%，占1941年美国GDP比重的32%。大规模公共工程支出也取得了显著成果：公共工程方面，WPA的小型项目包括了7.8万座桥梁和高架桥、57.2万英里乡村公路；而PWA在建立的前六年里即完成了约1.14个街道和公路项目，总长达3.7万英里[2]。到二战前夕，美国一共修建了近1000座飞机场、12000多个运动场、800多座校舍与医院。就业方面，仅WPA就在1935-1943年为大约八百万人提供了工作机会。2、艾森豪威尔：州际高速公路1950年代，艾森豪威尔主张修建美国州际高速公路系统。1956年，他签署了《联邦援助公路法》，获得了250亿美元的授权，用于在十年内建造4.1万英里的州际高速公路，这笔费用将由存入联邦公路信托基金的汽油税等税收收入支付，联邦政府提供约90%的总支出，其余10%由各州支付。修建州际高速公路的耗资约占1956年美国GDP的5.6%。3、克林顿：「信息高速公路计划」1992年，美国总统候选人克林顿在竞选时提出，要建设信息高速公路。1993年克林顿上台后，正式实施「信息高速公路计划」。计划投资额为4000亿美元，为期20年，逐步将电信光缆铺设到所有家庭用户。1994年，美国政府提出建设全球信息基础设施的倡议，旨在通过卫星通讯和电信光缆连通全球信息网络，形成信息共享的竞争机制[3]。信息高速公路计划总投资额占1993年美国GDP的5.8%。4、奥巴马：ARRA财政刺激法案金融危机后，奥巴马在2009年2月签署财政刺激法案《美国复苏和再投资法案（ARRA）》，初始总规模为7870亿美元，2015年国会预算办公室预计总支出大约为8400亿美元，其中大约有1200亿用于基建项目相关支出，包括：480亿用于运输和公共交通项目，310亿用于联邦建筑现代化改造，310亿用于学校设施和科学设施现代化改造，60亿用于水利项目，50亿用于房屋气候改造项目。ARRA法案的基建类支出规模占2009年GDP比重仅为0.8%。（三）拜登基建计划的具体措施？1、基建计划的三个重点拜登竞选网站上提出的「建设现代、可持续的基础设施和公平、清洁的能源未来」计划，计划跨度为期10年，总规模为 2 万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的9.3%；如果仅看基建类支出，大约为1.3万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的6.1%。竞选网站上公布的计划有两个特点：第一，内容十分广泛。计划不仅仅局限于传统的基础设施和清洁能源投资，还包括智慧城市和宽带等新基建，汽车工业发展，建筑改造和保障性住房建设，可持续农业，制造业振兴和中小企业发展，社区平等和发展等多个领域。第二，促进就业和重建中产阶级是「重头戏」。可以说，增加就业和中产阶级重建是拜登大兴基建的一大主要目的。在拜登的设想里，计划可以大幅创造新的就业岗位，比如：基建领域的投资将创造数百万个就业机会，汽车工业领域将创造100万个就业机会，电力领域的投资将创造数百万个就业岗位，建筑和住房领域投资将创造100万个高薪岗位，农业保护领域将创造25万个工作岗位等。第三，把制造业留在美国。防止制造业外迁，与创造就业的需求是内在一致的。这一说法在计划中多次被提及，比如：确保鼓励汽车制造商在国内建造或重组整车或零部件工厂；投资电池技术但要确保电池生产在国内进行等等。此外，值得说明的是，基建计划中各个领域的具体投资额尚不明晰，只有少数项目提出了明确投资额。由于该计划简介十分「粗糙」，并没有十分细致的支出计划，只在少数项目上提出了投资额，比如：在第一个任期内增加4000亿美元的联邦采购（具体采购计划没有说明）；1000亿美元改善公立学校建筑；执政第一年投入500亿美元修复高速公路、公路和桥梁；投资200亿美元建设农村宽带基础设施，提供600亿资金来扩大农村地区的宽带接入；10年内额外投入100亿美元支持低收入地区的交通项目；400亿美元、为期10年的转型项目基金用于资助重大基建项目等等。计划简介中明确提及投资额度的，零零散散加总，仅有8000多亿美元。2、不仅是基建，计划覆盖八大领域整体来看，拜登的基建计划不仅仅是局限在「基建领域」，覆盖面非常广泛，涵盖了现代化基建、汽车工业发展、清洁电力投资、建筑改造和住房建设、清洁能源投资、可持续农业、社区平等发展和制造业振兴共八大领域（下文是简介，详情参见附录）。第一，构建现代化的基建设施。1）道路修复和建设。执政第一年投入500亿美元用于修复高速公路、道路和桥梁，对边远地区进行交通投资等。2）第二次铁路革命。大力投资高铁，完善客运和货运铁路体系，推动铁路系统电气化，减少柴油排放。3）大力发展公共交通。到2030年，在超过10万人口的城市构建高质量的公共交通系统。在10年内额外投入100亿美元支持低收入地区的交通项目。4）改进机场。为机场改善计划提供双倍资金，为主要机场改造项目提供竞争性赠款，全面实施下一代航空技术系统等。5）大力投资货运基础设施，包括内河航道、货运走廊、货运铁路、中转设施和港口。把BUILD和INFRA交通基建赠款项目赠款从每年18亿提高至35亿；每年为陆军工程兵团增加25亿资金，推动内陆水道的船闸现代化；支持港口基础设施。6）水利基础设施建设。更换老化管道，把联邦对清洁饮用水和水基础设施的投资增加一倍，监测供水系统中铅和其他污染物，追究污染企业的责任。投资水技术研发，号召私人部门创新。7）新基建项目：智能城市建设。每年用10亿美元帮助5个城市试行新的规划战略和智慧城市技术。投资宽带网络。投资200亿美元建设农村宽带基础设施， 600亿资金来扩大农村地区的宽带接入，增加宽带提供商的参与数量等。8）建立转型项目基金。设立一个400亿美元、为期10年的转型项目基金，为庞大复杂的基建项目提供援助。第二，使美国汽车业在本世纪领先全球，加快向低碳和无碳汽车过渡。1）需求方面：恢复电动汽车全额税收抵免，利用联邦采购增加清洁汽车的需求，加速300万辆政府系统汽车的升级换代。设定到2030年所有美国制造的新巴士都实现零排放的目标，将全国50万辆校车转化为零排放汽车。2）鼓励汽车制造商在国内建造或重组整车或零部件工厂。3）五年内在电池和储能技术方面投资50亿美元，同时确保电池生产在国内进行。4）建立一个由50万个公共充电网点组成的全国充电系统，每年额外提供10亿美元资金以确保充电站由经过认证的技术人员安装。5）召集美国能源和交通部协调特别示范项目，向愿意试行新型充电基础设施的市镇和县提供赠款。6）制定燃油经济性标准，减少空气污染。第三，清洁电力投资：2035年实现无碳发电。1）发展清洁电力，到2035年实现无碳发电。2）大力发展电网，推动市场改革，扩大区域电力市场。3）为公用事业和电网运营商建立能源效率和清洁电力标准（ EECES ）；4）升级输电线路以支持更大的区域电力市场，推进大规模储能示范项目。5）将加倍提高对捕获碳、永久封存和利用捕获碳的技术的研究投资和税收优惠。第四，建筑改造，提高建筑能效。1）推动学校现代化。投资1000亿美元改善公立学校建筑，升级全国各地的儿童保育和早期学习设施。2）建筑节能改造。在4年内升级400万栋商业建筑，对200万户家庭进行房屋节能改造。推动建筑行业电气化，加大对低收入房屋节能改造项目和电热泵等关键技术的投资；建造净零碳联邦建筑等。3）2035年美国建筑存量碳足迹减少一半。4）推动建设150万套公共住房，向低收入社区注入更多资金以促进经济适用房的建设和小企业的发展。第五，对清洁能源创新进行历史性投资。1）在第一个任期内增加4000亿美元的联邦采购，其中一个重点是购买电池和电动汽车等关键的清洁能源投入。2）未来4年内专注于清洁能源、清洁交通、清洁工业流程和清洁材料等战略研究领域。3）加强和建设美国关键的清洁能源供应链，解决对稀土矿物的依赖等问题，加快供应链弹性方面的创新。4）大力投资国家实验室、高性能计算能力设施以及其他关键基础设施。第六，投资于可持续农业和环境养护。1）通过民间气候组织号召和动员新一代美国人投入到保护环境和应对气候变化的工作中。2）进行前期投资，以清理以往资源开采对环境造成的破坏和影响。3）维护美国的农场和牧场。为农民向新设备和新方法过渡提供低成本资金，资助精密农业和新作物的研究开发，建立自愿碳农业市场；追求亲工人和亲家庭的农民贸易政策；加强粮食供应的安全性和恢复能力；确保中小型农场的竞争公平等。第七，社区平等和发展。1）每年提供50亿美元，扩大新市场税收抵免并使该计划永久化；2）为社区发展金融机构基金提供双倍资金，支持低收入地区的金融机构。3）设立100亿美元的城市振兴基金，在陷入困境的城市开展创造性的振兴项目。4）资助贫困地区的锚定机构（指医院、学院和大学以及政府行政机构等）。5）全面实施「10-20-30计划（在所有联邦项目中，将10%的资金分配给过去30年有20%或以上的人口生活在贫困线以下的县）」。第八，振兴全国的制造业和中小企业。1）振兴制造业。将制造业扩展伙伴项目的资金提高四倍，为小型制造商在全球竞争中提供技术支持；在每个州发展低碳制造业；利用税收抵免和补贴帮助企业升级设备和流程、投资扩建或新建工厂、部署低碳技术；为更具竞争力或低碳的制造业提供资金等。2）推动中小企业发展。把国家小企业信贷倡议计划延长到2025年，联邦拨款增加至30亿美元；向各州提供50亿美元资金，制定鼓励小企业创业的政策，比如支持从公立大学向私营部门转让技术。（四）拜登基建对美国经济的影响？基建类支出对经济的影响如何评估？可以借鉴过往美国学界和智库对基建效果的评估结果：1）2014年马里兰大学的一项研究表明，公共交通基础设施投资每花费1美元，就会使得GDP增长增加约3美元，在经济衰退期间产生的影响更大。2）根据2014年芝加哥大学的报告，一项830亿美元的基础设施投资计划——大约相当于国内生产总值的0.6%——将在头三年创造170万个就业机会。3）根据全球咨询公司麦肯锡的估计，美国基础设施支出每增加1个百分点的GDP，将为经济增加150万个就业机会。4）经济政策研究所估计，础设施投资的回报率很高。对数十项基础设施研究进行回顾，每支出100美元……从长期来看，将使私营部门的产出分别提高13美元（中位数）和17美元（平均值）。5）据美国国会预算办公室（CBO）对奥巴马ARRA法案的评估，基建类的产出乘数在0.4-2.2之间。可借鉴美国学界和智库对基建效果的评估结果，从整体上大概估算拜登基建计划对美国经济和就业的影响。1）对GDP的影响：拜登基建计划中，确定的基建类支出大约是1.3万亿美元，投资周期10年，平均每年的支出约为1300亿，约占2019年GDP比重的0.6%，按照产出乘数0.4-3来估计（结合马里兰大学和CBO估计的产出乘数），未来十年，每年对GDP的额外产出贡献约为520亿~3900亿美元，约为2019年名义GDP的0.2%~1.8%。2）对就业的影响：根据芝加哥大学的就业影响估计，1.3万亿的基建类支出未来十年将每年创造逾200万个工作岗位。根据麦肯锡的评估结果估计，未来十年将带动约1000万的就业。拜登团队在计划简介中的就业影响估计是带动超1000万个就业。综合来看，拜登的重建计划在未来十年或将给美国创造超千万的就业岗位。3）美国银行在一份报告中估计，拜登的2万亿美元的基础设施计划在短期内可能会带来2％至9％的GDP增长，从长期来看会使GDP「显著增长」，并且美国GDP增长每增加1％，将带来标准普尔500公司收益的3％到4％左右的增长[4]。二、拜登加税：怎么加？同样的，我们从四个问题来理解拜登加税。第一，拜登是不是确定要加税，加税的目的是什么？第二，加税在美国历史上有先例吗？第三，拜登打算怎么加税？第四，加税对美国经济有何影响？（一）拜登确定要加税？目的何在？拜登是否要加税？加税应该是肯定的。第一，拜登在竞选时曾明确提出加税计划，这是其竞选口号之一，大概率将履行。第二，在拜登的竞选网站上写到，基础设施领域多达1.3万亿美元的投资，将全部通过「确保超级富豪和企业支付他们公平的（税收）份额」来筹集资金。第三，财政部长耶伦曾表示，下一个法案（指拜登的重建计划法案）的一部分支出将由加税来筹集。拜登加税的三个目的：一是为重建计划筹集资金，二是兑现竞选承诺，三是通过税制调整以促进税收公平，通过二次分配来调节贫富差距。从税制调整中可以很明显地看出，富人和高收入阶层、企业的税负压力增大，而中低收入者的税收抵免则明显扩大。（二）加税有先例可寻吗？在1950年以前，美国个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率均呈逐渐上升趋势，这一时期，加税的主要原因是为战争筹资，在一战和二战期间，个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率大幅上升。从1950年代以来，美国个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率整体呈逐渐下降趋势，减税时期多，加税时期极少。1950年以来，主要的减税有五次： 1963年肯尼迪减税、1979年卡特减税、1980年代里根减税、2001年小布什减税、2017年特朗普减税。而1950年以来的加税，最明显的有三次。第一次是1960年代后期，加税的主要原因还是战争因素，从1968年-1970年，为了应对越南战争的开支，美国征收了「越战附加税」，1970年以后取消。第二次是1990年老布什为了应对国防和医疗等社会公共开支大幅上升带来赤字增加，在1990年通过《1990年监察预算调解法案》，将个人所得税最高边际税率从28%提高至31%。第三次是1993年克林顿加税，这一次也是1950年以来美国最大范围和规模的一次加税。为了削减财政赤字，克林顿在1993年提出增税计划，将个人所得税最高边际税率从31%提高至39.6%，将企业所得税最高边际税率从34%提高至35%。值得注意的是，2012年个人所得税最高边际税率从35%上升至39.6%并非是加税导致，而是小布什减税期限已满，税率自动回到减税前的水平。（三）拜登打算如何加税？拜登加税主要是在两个方面，一是高收入群体的工资税、所得税、资本利得税和遗产税等，二是重新上调企业所得税率，对一些企业税进行调整。从下述条款的具体细则中可以看出，拜登的加税对象非常明确，就是富有群体和企业，对社会中下阶层的税收优惠和抵免反而提高了。1、个体税制调整：富人税负增加，中下阶层减负1）对年收入超过40万美元的人征收12.4%的社会保障工资税（Social Security payroll tax），由雇主和雇员平分。在先行的税法下，年收入高于13.77万的个人不需要支付社会保障工资税。2）将应税收入超过40万美元的最高个人所得税税率从现行法律规定的37%上调至39.6%；对于年收入超过40万美元的群体，即便有分项扣除的税收优惠，其个人所得税率也不得低于28%；恢复对应税收入超过40万美元的项目扣除额的「皮斯限制」；对应税收入超过40万美元的群体，逐步取消符合资格的业务收入扣除额。3）按39.6%的普通所得税税率对100万美元以上的长期资本利得和合格股息收入征税，消除资本利得税的累进性。4）税收抵免：扩大65岁以上无子女员工的劳动所得税抵免，为个人提供可再生能源相关的税收抵免；将儿童和受扶养人税收抵免(CDCTC)从最高3000美元扩大到8000美元(多个受扶养人为16000美元)，并将最高偿还率从35%提高到50%。在2021年，将17岁及以下儿童的儿童税收抵免(CTC)从最高2000美元提高到3000美元，同时为6岁以下儿童提供600美元的额外抵免，CTC将全额退还。值得一提的是，关于CTC的措施已在1.9万亿救济计划中实施；重建首次购房者的税收抵免政策，为首次购房者提供1.5万美元的税收抵免。5）将遗产税和赠与税的税率和免税额恢复到2009年的水平。2017年特朗普税改后，将2018-2025年的遗产和赠与税的免税额从每人500万提高至1000万，税率仍然定在40%。如果回到2009年水平，免税额将从现在的1000万降至350万，税率则从40%提高至45%。6）其他缺乏明确信息的调整项目：通过提供可退还的税收抵免来取代传统的扣除项目，以平衡传统退休账户(如401(k)和个人退休账户)的税收优惠；取消房地产税的某些规定；扩大《平价医疗法案》的保费税收抵免；创建可退还的租户税收抵免并提供每年不超过50亿美元的抵免额度，旨在将租金和水电费保持在租户月收入的30%以下；加大对低收入者住房税收抵免的额度。2、企业税制调整：税负增加，但鼓励制造业回流1）将企业所得税税率从21%提高到28%。2）对账面利润超过1亿美元的公司征收最低税。最低税是一种替代税——企业将支付常规企业所得税或15%最低税中的更高者，仍然允许净经营亏损(NOL)和外国税收抵免。3）将美国公司海外子公司的全球无形资产低税收收入(Global Intangible Low Tax Income)税率从10.5%提高一倍至21%。提议对海外子公司的GILTI进行分国家评估，取消将低于合格企业资产投资(QBAI) 10%的GILTI视为回报豁免的条款。在2017年税改前，美国一般对其公司和居民的全球收入征税，美国公司可以申请推迟对海外子公司的活跃业务收益征税，直到收益作为股息汇回美国。在税改之后，美国豁免了美国公司海外子公司活跃业务的收益，即使这些收益被汇回国内也不会被征税(但仍对外国子公司的被动投资收入征税)。美国国会担心将跨国公司的海外收入完全豁免，可能会加剧其将利润转移到海外低税收司法管辖区的做法，因此对全球无形资产低税收收入制定了10.5%的最低税率，以阻止利润转移。GILTI是指无形资产(如专利、商标和版权)带来的收入。无形资产具有高度的可移动性，该税率试图阻止美国公司将无形资产转移到海外。4）税收抵免：建立制造业税收抵免；扩大新市场的税收抵免并使之永久化；为采用工作场所退休储蓄计划的小企业提供税收抵免；扩大与可再生能源相关的税收抵免，包括碳捕获、使用和储存的税收抵免以及住宅能效的税收抵免，并恢复能源投资税收抵免(ITC)和电动汽车税收抵免，结束对化石燃料的税收补贴。5）其他缺乏明确信息的调整项目：对那些「为了向美国市场销售产品或提供服务而将制造业和服务业工作岗位转移到国外」的企业征收10%的附加税。为恢复生产、振兴已关闭或即将关闭的设施、重组设施以促进制造业就业或扩大制造业工资规模的活动，提供优先的10%的「美国制造」税收抵免。（四）拜登加税对美国经济的影响加税对经济的影响较为复杂，主要借鉴海外智库的评估来大致了解拜登加税对美国经济的影响。就经济增长而言，税务基金会和税收政策中心均预估加税会对未来十年对经济增长造成负面影响，会使未来十年GDP下降1.62%~3.4%。就税收收入而言，税务基金会认为加税在未来十年可以筹集约2.8万亿税收收入，而税收政策中心估计加税将使未来十年联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占这10年总收入的8%）。此外，税务基金会预计加税将使工资水平下降、就业岗位流失，使收入差距缩小但整体居民税后收入下降。1、税务基金会（Tax Foundation）的估计1）财政收入的影响：拜登税收计划将在未来10年筹集约2.8万亿美元。2）经济的影响：在未来十年，使GDP总共减少1.62%，GNP总共下降1.83%，使资本存量减少3.75%，使长期平均工资水平下降1.15%，损失54.2万个工作岗位。3）收入分配的影响：拜登的税收计划到2030年将导致最富有的1%纳税人的税后收入减少7.7%左右，所有纳税人的税后收入平均下降1.9%。2、税收政策中心（TaxPolicy Center）1）经济影响：使未来十年美国GDP总共下降3.4%，对GDP的影响将在2040年转正，在2040年以后的年份，正向影响将逐渐增大。2）收入影响：将使2021年至2030年的美国联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占这10年总收入的8%），2031年至2040年减少900亿美元。到2040年，税收计划对联邦收入的影响将转正，其正效应在2040年的随后年份将逐渐增加。三、关键时间点：正式的重建计划可能会在什么时候推出？目前，拜登团队还没有公布正式的计划方案和投资细则，后续要追踪拜登的重建计划，有两个关键的时间节点值得关注：第一个关键时间点：今年4-5月。拜登在今年1月14日首次提出「美国救济计划」时曾明确说道：「下个月，在我第一次出席国会联席会议时，我将提出我的‘重建更好未来的复苏计划’[5]。」正常情况下，拜登的重建计划本应该在2月份就正式提出，但疫情才是第一要务，2月11日众议院议长佩洛西表示，「在我们通过新冠疫情纾困法案之前，我们不会做任何事情。」由于美国救济计划在国会遭遇阻力，直到3月14日才正式落地，因此拜登至今还未出席国会联席会议，重建计划也还没有正式提出。国会联席会议什么时候召开呢？这是关键。3月24日白宫发言人普萨基表示，「目前还没有确定时间…我们当然仍有兴趣承诺进行一次联合会议。我们会与他们保持联系，但我不知道具体的时间。」历史上，总统出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」的时间最晚不超过2月份。现在海外预期拜登将在4月正式出席国会联席会议[6]，那么届时他将向议员介绍重建计划。另据高盛预计，白宫或在5月向国会递交详细的预算方案。再根据民主党高层的表态，希望基建方案能在5月通过参众两院下属的委员会，因此我们预计，重建计划的总规模和具体的项目细节大概率将于4-5月公布。第二个关键时间点：10月。拜登的重建计划的推出实施，需要经过美国国会的同意。目前民主党掌控众议院，可以在众议院轻松通过法案。但是民主党在参议院只是略占优势，仅比共和党多1票的投票权，无法绕过参议院的「阻挠议事」（需要60票）。拜登的重建计划要想在参议院获得通过，只有两个办法。一是在保证所有民主党参议员同意的前提下，至少再争取10位共和党参议员的支持。二是再次启用预算和解程序，和1.9万亿美国救济计划走的国会流程一致，只需要51票即可通过参议院。就目前共和党参议院高层的表态来看，第一种办法的可行性非常低，参议院共和党领导麦康奈尔本周一表示：「我们听说，未来几个月可能会提出所谓的基础设施法案，实际上可能是暗藏大幅加税和其他有损就业的左翼政策的特洛伊木马。」拜登的重建计划要想落地，最大的可能是启动预算和解程序。美国财政年度是每年10月至次年9月，预算和解程序一个财年一般只能使用一次（本来收入、支出和赤字三个领域每财年各有一次启动预算和解程序的机会，但是法案一般不只涉及一个领域，基本上三个领域都会覆盖，历史经验看，预算和解程序也是一个财年最多一次），今年1.9万亿美国救济计划已经使用过2021财年的「额度」，若要再次启用预算和解程序，只能等到2022财年开始。10月份是第二个关键的时间点，第一，到10月份，民主党可以再次启用「预算和解程序」。第二，从民主党议员的表态来看，他们希望能快速通过重建计划法案，比如众议院议长佩洛西希望国会快速采取行动制定变革性的基建计划。四附录：拜登重建计划细则内容","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{".DJI":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":6293,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0}],"hots":[{"id":164413715,"gmtCreate":1624233119437,"gmtModify":1703830931999,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/164413715","repostId":"2145704051","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5728,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":164413295,"gmtCreate":1624233099517,"gmtModify":1703830931837,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"See how","listText":"See how","text":"See how","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/164413295","repostId":"2145704051","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5185,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":137552517,"gmtCreate":1622367813339,"gmtModify":1704183536600,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Who is next","listText":"Who is next","text":"Who is next","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/137552517","repostId":"1136357756","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1136357756","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1622246389,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/1136357756?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-05-29 07:59","market":"hk","language":"zh","title":"Why has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1136357756","media":"砺石商业评论","summary":"砺石导语：此次Redmi Note 10系列的发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，","content":"<p><b>Lishi Introduction:</b>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi once again demonstrates its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration on its most core component chips. This will undoubtedly further expand its reach.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/5RE.SI\">smart</a>Market share advantages in the mobile phone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them. 1</p><p>Since the second half of 2020, the global smartphone industry has entered a vicious cycle: many well-known manufacturers have significantly raised the prices of their high-end phones, while secretly lowering the configurations of their mid-range phones. Some flagship phones have also been delayed in their release. Behind this is the fact that the global smart hardware industry is facing a severe \"chip shortage\" crisis.</p><p>This crisis is not only affecting the smartphone industry, but also multiple industries such as automobiles, televisions, and laptops. After systematically analyzing the crisis, Lishi Business Review found that its root cause lies in the combination of multiple factors.</p><p>First, smartphones have always been a major consumer of chips, and the smartphone industry is currently undergoing a shift from 4G phones to 5G phones. 5G phones require twice as many chips as 4G phones, which has led to a significant increase in chip demand.</p><p>Secondly, starting from the second half of 2020, sales of intelligent electric vehicles have generally experienced explosive growth globally. The intelligentization and electrification of automobiles have also led to a several-fold increase in the demand for chips.</p><p>Secondly, due to the demand for working from home brought about by the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, laptop sales have surged despite the sluggish market in previous years, which in turn has led to an increase in the demand for chips. In addition, the large-scale popularization of 5G-related IoT devices such as smart homes and smart wearables has also increased the demand for chips.</p><p>While 5G phones, smart electric vehicles, IoT devices, and laptops have led to a surge in chip demand, on the supply side, chip manufacturers have reduced production capacity and delayed investment due to the outbreak of the pandemic, resulting in insufficient chip supply. To make matters worse, heavy snow in Austin, USA, a fire at Renesas Electronics in Japan, and...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/STM\">STMicroelectronics</a>The strikes have further exacerbated the chip supply shortage.</p><p><b>On the one hand, there is a surge in demand, and on the other hand, there is a sharp decline in supply. This rise and fall has led to the chip shortage crisis we are seeing today, which is affecting the entire industry.</b>It is understood that this global chip shortage will continue for at least another year, with the third quarter of this year expected to be the most severe phase. In this context, some smartphone manufacturers have been forced to adopt measures such as the aforementioned high-end price increases, mid-range feature reductions, and flagship release delays.</p><p>However, recently, a smartphone company has gone against the trend. Instead of following the example of other competitors, it has significantly improved the chip configuration of phones in the same class while keeping the price unchanged. It's important to understand that the most severe shortage in this chip crisis is precisely high-end chips.</p><p>This company was somewhat surprising, because it was none other than Xiaomi Group, which had long been considered by the industry to have certain shortcomings in the hardware supply chain.</p><p>2</p><p>On May 26, 2021, Redmi, a brand under Xiaomi Group, held a new product launch event themed \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" at its Beijing headquarters. At the event, the Redmi Note 10 series Note 10 Pro and Note 10 5G smartphones were officially released. Among them, the 6+128GB version of the Note 10 Pro starts at 1499 yuan, and the 4+128GB version of the Redmi Note 10 starts at 999 yuan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/722eb9c4fc80519c292080890b50796f\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"1440\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Despite such an affordable price, the Note 10 series boasts considerable product power. Especially in the chip field, which consumers are most concerned about, the Redmi Note 10 Pro unexpectedly uses the Dimensity 1100 chip. Readers familiar with the chip industry know that the Dimensity 1100, alongside the Dimensity 1200, is the latest 5G flagship chip released by the well-known chip manufacturer MediaTek in 2021, mainly used in mid-to-high-end smartphones priced above 2,000 yuan.</p><p>The Dimensity 1100 uses the same technology as the Dimensity 1200.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TSM\">TSMC</a>With its 6nm process and A78 large-core and 8-core architecture, the AnTuTu V9 achieved a benchmark score of over 690,000, nearly doubling its performance compared to its predecessor.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/QCOM\">Qualcomm</a>The flagship chip Snapdragon 865, released last year, is 32% higher than Qualcomm's mid-range Snapdragon 778 and 65% higher than the Snapdragon 768G. The Note 10 Pro uses the Dimensity 1100 chip, marking the first time Xiaomi Group has equipped the Redmi Note 10 series, which is positioned as a mid-range product, with a flagship-level chip, making it arguably the most powerful Note series phone in history.</p><p>Although the Redmi Note 10 starts at only 999 yuan, it also uses a 5G chip that supports 5G + 5G dual SIM dual standby. This is the first time in the industry that Redmi has priced its 5G phones below 1,000 yuan. This will greatly accelerate the popularization of 5G phones in China and force 4G phones to completely exit the market priced above 1,000 yuan.</p><p>In addition, on the same day as the Note 10 series was launched, Redmi also released the first thin and light Ryzen laptop in the RedmiBook Pro series – the RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition. It is equipped with the new \"Zen3\" architecture.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/AMD\">AMD</a>The Ryzen 5000 series standard-voltage processor features a 7nm process, 8 cores, and 16 threads, delivering up to 45W of full performance. It boasts stronger performance and excellent value for money compared to competitors' products in the same price range, making it arguably the most worthwhile large-screen, thin, and light Ryzen laptop to buy in the 5000 yuan price range.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d5e348187c69b09c92255d7d52819ab6\" tg-width=\"880\" tg-height=\"585\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><b>Whether it's the Note 10 Pro, Note 10, or RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition, we've all seen that Redmi has adopted superior configurations compared to other products in the same price range in the core chip field. So, when the chip shortage crisis hit the entire smart hardware industry, why was Xiaomi Group able to rise against the trend?</b></p><p>Lu Weibing, Partner of Xiaomi Group, President of China and International Department, and General Manager of Redmi Brand, said at the \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" launch event that the chip shortage will greatly test a company's values. \"Adhering to high-quality materials, adhering to the popularization of high-end products, and adhering to extreme cost-effectiveness\" are the core values of the Redmi brand. These values determine that the Redmi brand will not reduce chip configuration or raise prices due to short-term difficulties.</p><p><b>However, I believe that while adhering to values is one of the important reasons why Xiaomi took this move, the more fundamental reason is that Xiaomi has made up for its shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and improved its systemic capabilities in recent years.</b>If Xiaomi didn't have strong control over the upstream supply chain, it would have been extremely difficult to improve its chip configuration and ensure the normal supply of ordinary chips, let alone keep pricing unchanged. Looking back at 2015-2016, Xiaomi experienced a huge product and sales crisis due to deficiencies in its supply chain capabilities.</p><p><b>Why has Xiaomi made such great progress in its hardware supply chain in just a few years?</b>In my opinion, this stems from a profound reflection by Lei Jun, the founder of Xiaomi Group, who led Xiaomi's core team in 2016. At that time, he deeply realized that the essence of a smartphone is a mobile phone, and it must first master the basic skills of mobile phone hardware such as the supply chain. This led to Lei Jun's appointment as the head of Xiaomi's mobile phone division and the important measure of personally taking charge of product research and development and supply chain construction.</p><p>In addition to Lei Jun personally taking charge, Xiaomi Group also reshuffled its leadership, bringing in Zhang Feng, who had served as the general manager of Nanjing Yinghuada, one of Xiaomi's early most important contract manufacturers, to be directly responsible for Xiaomi Group's supply chain management. Optimizing the core leaders of the supply chain has become a key action to reverse the shortcomings in Xiaomi's supply chain. Zhang Feng lived up to expectations, performing exceptionally well in addressing shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and thus joining the core decision-making team of Xiaomi Group. Currently, Zhang Feng not only serves as Vice President and Chief of Staff of Xiaomi Group and Chairman of the Xiaomi Group Purchasing Committee, but has also been selected as a partner member of Xiaomi Group.</p><p>In terms of specific supply chain improvement measures, Xiaomi Group has been systematically implementing them from three dimensions. First, focusing on quality, Xiaomi replaced unqualified suppliers and chose to cooperate with more capable suppliers. At the same time, Xiaomi Group also established a quality committee, investing dedicated resources and huge costs to improve product quality.</p><p>Secondly, while ensuring product quality, Xiaomi continues to strengthen close ties with suppliers and conduct joint research and development with a higher degree of coupling. For example, Xiaomi established a chip platform department, which has been deeply involved in the joint research and development of suppliers such as Qualcomm and MTK since the product definition stage. This is why we have seen Xiaomi Group replace...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/SMSN.UK\">Samsung</a>It has continuously obtained the first-to-launch rights for each generation of Qualcomm's flagship chips.</p><p>It is also worth mentioning that, in addition to continuously obtaining the first launch rights for Qualcomm's flagship chips, Xiaomi has also repeatedly obtained the first launch rights for MediaTek chips. For example, the Redmi Note 8 series was the first to launch the MediaTek Helio G90T liquid-cooled gaming chip, and the Redmi 10X series was the first to launch the MediaTek Dimensity 820 5G processor.</p><p>Finally, through forward-looking product planning, Xiaomi has been able to avoid arbitrarily canceling orders, which has given the upstream supply chain ample confidence and made them more willing to form a highly trusting and stable cooperative relationship with Xiaomi, thereby ensuring priority supply to Xiaomi during difficult times.</p><p>Furthermore, Xiaomi's improved control over the supply chain is due not only to its efforts in specific aspects of the supply chain but also to its addressing shortcomings in other areas, the most important of which is the most balanced industry structure Xiaomi has built.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/300959\">Online and offline</a>A comprehensive channel system that integrates domestic and overseas channels.</p><p>Firstly, in overseas markets, Xiaomi Group has now entered more than 100 countries and regions around the world. Among them, its smartphone shipments rank among the top five in terms of market share in 62 countries and regions, and it is the largest smartphone brand in 12 countries. Specifically, Xiaomi ranks first in Russia (32.1% market share), first in Spain (35.1% market share), second in Italy, and third in Germany and France. Overall, Xiaomi ranked first in Eastern Europe and third in Western Europe.</p><p>In the domestic market, online sales have always been a traditional advantage for Xiaomi, which goes without saying. Taking advantage of the rise of large shopping malls in various regions, Xiaomi has leveraged its rich product portfolio to proactively focus on channel layout in shopping malls, enabling Xiaomi to achieve a leapfrog development offline.</p><p>It is reported that as of the morning of April 3, 2021, Xiaomi was in Shenyang.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/000031\">Joy City</a>The 5,000th Xiaomi Home store in China has already opened. At last year's Redmi Note 9 series launch event, Lu Weibing said that in the coming year, he would open Xiaomi Home stores in every county town, accelerate the penetration of county-level markets, and ensure that every Mi Fan has a Xiaomi Home next to them. Lu Weibing also stated that by 2021, Xiaomi Home stores will be located in every county across the country. Not long ago, Xiaomi announced that it had completed Xiaomi Home coverage in all counties in the two major provinces of Jiangsu and Henan. In the future, more and more provinces will complete full coverage of Xiaomi Home in all counties.</p><p>In addition, following its rapid progress in county-level markets, Xiaomi has further accelerated its new retail strategy, fully penetrating into township markets. At the press conference, Lu Weibing also set a new goal: to open 10,000 new Xiaomi Home authorized stores in rural areas, so that rural users can enjoy high-quality and cost-effective Xiaomi products.</p><p>Xiaomi Group's integrated online and offline channel system, combining domestic and overseas channels, has fully ensured stable shipments. According to its 2020 financial report, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments reached 146 million units, ranking third globally, and sales of high-end smartphones have exceeded 10 million units. Large-scale and stable shipments have further won the confidence of upstream suppliers in cooperating with Xiaomi, who are willing to prioritize matching them with higher-quality supply chain resources.</p><p>3</p><p>As Xiaomi Group improves its systemic capabilities in areas such as supply chain and channels, the Matthew effect, where the strong get stronger, is emerging in Xiaomi.</p><p>Just the day after the launch of its flagship chip, Xiaomi released its financial report for the first quarter of 2021. Financial reports show that Xiaomi Group's total revenue reached 76.9 billion yuan in the first quarter, a year-on-year increase of 54.7%; Adjusted net profit was 6.1 billion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 163.8%; Earnings per share were RMB 0.302, far exceeding market expectations of RMB 0.187 and RMB 0.089 in the same period last year.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/fe675cc417bbad8f8ea34a9e82324396\" tg-width=\"1070\" tg-height=\"2344\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Among them, the core smartphone business remains the main contributor to Xiaomi Group's performance. In the first quarter of 2021, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments increased by 69.1% year-on-year to 49.4 million units, and its global market share has risen to 14.1%.</p><p>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi has once again demonstrated its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration in its most core component chips. This will inevitably further expand its market share advantage in the smartphone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them.</p><p>----------------------------------------------------</p><p>Good news for Tiger users: Tiger is currently supporting weekend orders! Pre-listing orders are a value-added service provided by Tiger Bros. that allows users to place orders during non-trading hours. Currently, it supports three order types: stop-loss orders, stop-loss limit orders, and limit orders.</p><p>In other words, users can place orders during market closures, such as weekends and other holidays. The orders will be saved by Tiger's trading system and automatically submitted to the exchange after the market opens.</p><p><a href=\"https://www.laohu8.com/post/131820269\" target=\"_blank\">Click to learn more >>></a></p>","source":"lsy1571105524917","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>Why has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhy has Xiaomi been able to rise against the global chip shortage?\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<p class=\"head\">\n<strong class=\"h-name small\">砺石商业评论</strong><span class=\"h-time small\">2021-05-29 07:59</span>\n</p>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p><b>Lishi Introduction:</b>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi once again demonstrates its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration on its most core component chips. This will undoubtedly further expand its reach.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/5RE.SI\">smart</a>Market share advantages in the mobile phone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them. 1</p><p>Since the second half of 2020, the global smartphone industry has entered a vicious cycle: many well-known manufacturers have significantly raised the prices of their high-end phones, while secretly lowering the configurations of their mid-range phones. Some flagship phones have also been delayed in their release. Behind this is the fact that the global smart hardware industry is facing a severe \"chip shortage\" crisis.</p><p>This crisis is not only affecting the smartphone industry, but also multiple industries such as automobiles, televisions, and laptops. After systematically analyzing the crisis, Lishi Business Review found that its root cause lies in the combination of multiple factors.</p><p>First, smartphones have always been a major consumer of chips, and the smartphone industry is currently undergoing a shift from 4G phones to 5G phones. 5G phones require twice as many chips as 4G phones, which has led to a significant increase in chip demand.</p><p>Secondly, starting from the second half of 2020, sales of intelligent electric vehicles have generally experienced explosive growth globally. The intelligentization and electrification of automobiles have also led to a several-fold increase in the demand for chips.</p><p>Secondly, due to the demand for working from home brought about by the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, laptop sales have surged despite the sluggish market in previous years, which in turn has led to an increase in the demand for chips. In addition, the large-scale popularization of 5G-related IoT devices such as smart homes and smart wearables has also increased the demand for chips.</p><p>While 5G phones, smart electric vehicles, IoT devices, and laptops have led to a surge in chip demand, on the supply side, chip manufacturers have reduced production capacity and delayed investment due to the outbreak of the pandemic, resulting in insufficient chip supply. To make matters worse, heavy snow in Austin, USA, a fire at Renesas Electronics in Japan, and...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/STM\">STMicroelectronics</a>The strikes have further exacerbated the chip supply shortage.</p><p><b>On the one hand, there is a surge in demand, and on the other hand, there is a sharp decline in supply. This rise and fall has led to the chip shortage crisis we are seeing today, which is affecting the entire industry.</b>It is understood that this global chip shortage will continue for at least another year, with the third quarter of this year expected to be the most severe phase. In this context, some smartphone manufacturers have been forced to adopt measures such as the aforementioned high-end price increases, mid-range feature reductions, and flagship release delays.</p><p>However, recently, a smartphone company has gone against the trend. Instead of following the example of other competitors, it has significantly improved the chip configuration of phones in the same class while keeping the price unchanged. It's important to understand that the most severe shortage in this chip crisis is precisely high-end chips.</p><p>This company was somewhat surprising, because it was none other than Xiaomi Group, which had long been considered by the industry to have certain shortcomings in the hardware supply chain.</p><p>2</p><p>On May 26, 2021, Redmi, a brand under Xiaomi Group, held a new product launch event themed \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" at its Beijing headquarters. At the event, the Redmi Note 10 series Note 10 Pro and Note 10 5G smartphones were officially released. Among them, the 6+128GB version of the Note 10 Pro starts at 1499 yuan, and the 4+128GB version of the Redmi Note 10 starts at 999 yuan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/722eb9c4fc80519c292080890b50796f\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"1440\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Despite such an affordable price, the Note 10 series boasts considerable product power. Especially in the chip field, which consumers are most concerned about, the Redmi Note 10 Pro unexpectedly uses the Dimensity 1100 chip. Readers familiar with the chip industry know that the Dimensity 1100, alongside the Dimensity 1200, is the latest 5G flagship chip released by the well-known chip manufacturer MediaTek in 2021, mainly used in mid-to-high-end smartphones priced above 2,000 yuan.</p><p>The Dimensity 1100 uses the same technology as the Dimensity 1200.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TSM\">TSMC</a>With its 6nm process and A78 large-core and 8-core architecture, the AnTuTu V9 achieved a benchmark score of over 690,000, nearly doubling its performance compared to its predecessor.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/QCOM\">Qualcomm</a>The flagship chip Snapdragon 865, released last year, is 32% higher than Qualcomm's mid-range Snapdragon 778 and 65% higher than the Snapdragon 768G. The Note 10 Pro uses the Dimensity 1100 chip, marking the first time Xiaomi Group has equipped the Redmi Note 10 series, which is positioned as a mid-range product, with a flagship-level chip, making it arguably the most powerful Note series phone in history.</p><p>Although the Redmi Note 10 starts at only 999 yuan, it also uses a 5G chip that supports 5G + 5G dual SIM dual standby. This is the first time in the industry that Redmi has priced its 5G phones below 1,000 yuan. This will greatly accelerate the popularization of 5G phones in China and force 4G phones to completely exit the market priced above 1,000 yuan.</p><p>In addition, on the same day as the Note 10 series was launched, Redmi also released the first thin and light Ryzen laptop in the RedmiBook Pro series – the RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition. It is equipped with the new \"Zen3\" architecture.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/AMD\">AMD</a>The Ryzen 5000 series standard-voltage processor features a 7nm process, 8 cores, and 16 threads, delivering up to 45W of full performance. It boasts stronger performance and excellent value for money compared to competitors' products in the same price range, making it arguably the most worthwhile large-screen, thin, and light Ryzen laptop to buy in the 5000 yuan price range.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d5e348187c69b09c92255d7d52819ab6\" tg-width=\"880\" tg-height=\"585\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><b>Whether it's the Note 10 Pro, Note 10, or RedmiBook Pro 15 Ryzen Edition, we've all seen that Redmi has adopted superior configurations compared to other products in the same price range in the core chip field. So, when the chip shortage crisis hit the entire smart hardware industry, why was Xiaomi Group able to rise against the trend?</b></p><p>Lu Weibing, Partner of Xiaomi Group, President of China and International Department, and General Manager of Redmi Brand, said at the \"Flagship Chip Little King Kong\" launch event that the chip shortage will greatly test a company's values. \"Adhering to high-quality materials, adhering to the popularization of high-end products, and adhering to extreme cost-effectiveness\" are the core values of the Redmi brand. These values determine that the Redmi brand will not reduce chip configuration or raise prices due to short-term difficulties.</p><p><b>However, I believe that while adhering to values is one of the important reasons why Xiaomi took this move, the more fundamental reason is that Xiaomi has made up for its shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and improved its systemic capabilities in recent years.</b>If Xiaomi didn't have strong control over the upstream supply chain, it would have been extremely difficult to improve its chip configuration and ensure the normal supply of ordinary chips, let alone keep pricing unchanged. Looking back at 2015-2016, Xiaomi experienced a huge product and sales crisis due to deficiencies in its supply chain capabilities.</p><p><b>Why has Xiaomi made such great progress in its hardware supply chain in just a few years?</b>In my opinion, this stems from a profound reflection by Lei Jun, the founder of Xiaomi Group, who led Xiaomi's core team in 2016. At that time, he deeply realized that the essence of a smartphone is a mobile phone, and it must first master the basic skills of mobile phone hardware such as the supply chain. This led to Lei Jun's appointment as the head of Xiaomi's mobile phone division and the important measure of personally taking charge of product research and development and supply chain construction.</p><p>In addition to Lei Jun personally taking charge, Xiaomi Group also reshuffled its leadership, bringing in Zhang Feng, who had served as the general manager of Nanjing Yinghuada, one of Xiaomi's early most important contract manufacturers, to be directly responsible for Xiaomi Group's supply chain management. Optimizing the core leaders of the supply chain has become a key action to reverse the shortcomings in Xiaomi's supply chain. Zhang Feng lived up to expectations, performing exceptionally well in addressing shortcomings in the hardware supply chain and thus joining the core decision-making team of Xiaomi Group. Currently, Zhang Feng not only serves as Vice President and Chief of Staff of Xiaomi Group and Chairman of the Xiaomi Group Purchasing Committee, but has also been selected as a partner member of Xiaomi Group.</p><p>In terms of specific supply chain improvement measures, Xiaomi Group has been systematically implementing them from three dimensions. First, focusing on quality, Xiaomi replaced unqualified suppliers and chose to cooperate with more capable suppliers. At the same time, Xiaomi Group also established a quality committee, investing dedicated resources and huge costs to improve product quality.</p><p>Secondly, while ensuring product quality, Xiaomi continues to strengthen close ties with suppliers and conduct joint research and development with a higher degree of coupling. For example, Xiaomi established a chip platform department, which has been deeply involved in the joint research and development of suppliers such as Qualcomm and MTK since the product definition stage. This is why we have seen Xiaomi Group replace...<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/SMSN.UK\">Samsung</a>It has continuously obtained the first-to-launch rights for each generation of Qualcomm's flagship chips.</p><p>It is also worth mentioning that, in addition to continuously obtaining the first launch rights for Qualcomm's flagship chips, Xiaomi has also repeatedly obtained the first launch rights for MediaTek chips. For example, the Redmi Note 8 series was the first to launch the MediaTek Helio G90T liquid-cooled gaming chip, and the Redmi 10X series was the first to launch the MediaTek Dimensity 820 5G processor.</p><p>Finally, through forward-looking product planning, Xiaomi has been able to avoid arbitrarily canceling orders, which has given the upstream supply chain ample confidence and made them more willing to form a highly trusting and stable cooperative relationship with Xiaomi, thereby ensuring priority supply to Xiaomi during difficult times.</p><p>Furthermore, Xiaomi's improved control over the supply chain is due not only to its efforts in specific aspects of the supply chain but also to its addressing shortcomings in other areas, the most important of which is the most balanced industry structure Xiaomi has built.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/300959\">Online and offline</a>A comprehensive channel system that integrates domestic and overseas channels.</p><p>Firstly, in overseas markets, Xiaomi Group has now entered more than 100 countries and regions around the world. Among them, its smartphone shipments rank among the top five in terms of market share in 62 countries and regions, and it is the largest smartphone brand in 12 countries. Specifically, Xiaomi ranks first in Russia (32.1% market share), first in Spain (35.1% market share), second in Italy, and third in Germany and France. Overall, Xiaomi ranked first in Eastern Europe and third in Western Europe.</p><p>In the domestic market, online sales have always been a traditional advantage for Xiaomi, which goes without saying. Taking advantage of the rise of large shopping malls in various regions, Xiaomi has leveraged its rich product portfolio to proactively focus on channel layout in shopping malls, enabling Xiaomi to achieve a leapfrog development offline.</p><p>It is reported that as of the morning of April 3, 2021, Xiaomi was in Shenyang.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/000031\">Joy City</a>The 5,000th Xiaomi Home store in China has already opened. At last year's Redmi Note 9 series launch event, Lu Weibing said that in the coming year, he would open Xiaomi Home stores in every county town, accelerate the penetration of county-level markets, and ensure that every Mi Fan has a Xiaomi Home next to them. Lu Weibing also stated that by 2021, Xiaomi Home stores will be located in every county across the country. Not long ago, Xiaomi announced that it had completed Xiaomi Home coverage in all counties in the two major provinces of Jiangsu and Henan. In the future, more and more provinces will complete full coverage of Xiaomi Home in all counties.</p><p>In addition, following its rapid progress in county-level markets, Xiaomi has further accelerated its new retail strategy, fully penetrating into township markets. At the press conference, Lu Weibing also set a new goal: to open 10,000 new Xiaomi Home authorized stores in rural areas, so that rural users can enjoy high-quality and cost-effective Xiaomi products.</p><p>Xiaomi Group's integrated online and offline channel system, combining domestic and overseas channels, has fully ensured stable shipments. According to its 2020 financial report, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments reached 146 million units, ranking third globally, and sales of high-end smartphones have exceeded 10 million units. Large-scale and stable shipments have further won the confidence of upstream suppliers in cooperating with Xiaomi, who are willing to prioritize matching them with higher-quality supply chain resources.</p><p>3</p><p>As Xiaomi Group improves its systemic capabilities in areas such as supply chain and channels, the Matthew effect, where the strong get stronger, is emerging in Xiaomi.</p><p>Just the day after the launch of its flagship chip, Xiaomi released its financial report for the first quarter of 2021. Financial reports show that Xiaomi Group's total revenue reached 76.9 billion yuan in the first quarter, a year-on-year increase of 54.7%; Adjusted net profit was 6.1 billion yuan, a year-on-year increase of 163.8%; Earnings per share were RMB 0.302, far exceeding market expectations of RMB 0.187 and RMB 0.089 in the same period last year.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/fe675cc417bbad8f8ea34a9e82324396\" tg-width=\"1070\" tg-height=\"2344\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Among them, the core smartphone business remains the main contributor to Xiaomi Group's performance. In the first quarter of 2021, Xiaomi's global smartphone shipments increased by 69.1% year-on-year to 49.4 million units, and its global market share has risen to 14.1%.</p><p>With the release of the Redmi Note 10 series, Xiaomi has once again demonstrated its advantages in the supply chain, enabling it to achieve superior configuration in its most core component chips. This will inevitably further expand its market share advantage in the smartphone industry. Having entered a positive cycle, what surprises will Xiaomi bring in the future? We should continue to look forward to them.</p><p>----------------------------------------------------</p><p>Good news for Tiger users: Tiger is currently supporting weekend orders! Pre-listing orders are a value-added service provided by Tiger Bros. that allows users to place orders during non-trading hours. Currently, it supports three order types: stop-loss orders, stop-loss limit orders, and limit orders.</p><p>In other words, users can place orders during market closures, such as weekends and other holidays. The orders will be saved by Tiger's trading system and automatically submitted to the exchange after the market opens.</p><p><a href=\"https://www.laohu8.com/post/131820269\" target=\"_blank\">Click to learn more >>></a></p>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n<p> source：<a href=\"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/vkzSbfWPnNNDyMx5j7qezw\">砺石商业评论</a></p>\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/68c4631119b178af4b9403c186b427c8","relate_stocks":{"01810":"小米集团-W"},"source_url":"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/vkzSbfWPnNNDyMx5j7qezw","is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1136357756","content_text":"砺石导语：此次Redmi Note 10系列的发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，未来将带来什么样的惊喜，值得我们继续期待。1从2020年下半年开始，全球智能手机行业便进入一个怪圈，就是很多知名厂商旗下的高端手机纷纷大幅涨价，中端手机却私下偷偷降低配置，还有一些旗舰手机迟迟无法发布，在此背后是全球智能硬件产业正在遭遇着一场严峻的“芯片短缺”危机。这种危机不只是影响到智能手机产业，还影响到汽车、电视与笔记本电脑等多个产业。《砺石商业评论》在系统分析这场危机后发现，其根源在于多项因素的叠加。首先，智能手机一直以来是芯片需求的大户，而目前智能手机行业正在经历着从4G手机向5G手机的转移，5G手机所需要芯片数量是4G手机的2倍，这导致芯片需求大大增加。其次，从2020年下半年开始，在全球范围内，智能电动汽车的销量都普遍出现爆发式增长。汽车的智能化与电动化，也带来芯片需求的数倍增长。再次，由于新冠肺炎疫情爆发带来的在家办公需求，笔记本电脑一反往年的市场低迷状况而出现销量井喷，进而带来芯片需求的增加。另外，与5G相关的智能家居、智能穿戴等物联网设备的大规模普及，也加大了芯片的需求。而在5G手机、智能电动汽车、物联网设备与笔记本电脑等造成芯片需求大增的同时，在供给端，芯片厂商却因为疫情爆发而减少产能、延缓投资导致芯片供给不足。另外，雪上加霜的是，美国奥斯汀州的大雪，日本瑞萨电子的火灾，以及意法半导体的罢工都进一步加剧了芯片的供给不足。一方面是需求侧的暴增，另一方面是供给侧的大幅下跌，这一涨一跌便导致了今天我们看到的波及全行业的芯片短缺危机。据悉，这次全球缺芯现象还将持续至少一年的时间，其中预计今年第三季度将进入最严重的阶段。在这种情况下，一些智能手机厂商便被迫采用了例如前文提到的高端涨价，中端减配与旗舰发布延迟等措施。不过就在近日，有一家智能手机企业却逆势而上，其不仅没有效仿其他友商的类似方式，相反在保持价格不变的情况下，大大提高了同级别手机的芯片配置。要知道，在这次芯片危机中，短缺最严重的正是高端芯片。这家企业也多少有些让人意外，因为其不是别家，而是过去长期曾被行业认为在硬件供应链领域存在一定能力短板的小米集团。22021年5月26日，小米集团旗下品牌Redmi在北京总部举办了“旗舰芯 小金刚”为主题的新品发布会，在这次发布会上正式发布了Redmi Note 10系列的Note 10 Pro与Note 10 5G两款手机。其中，6+128GB版本的Note 10 Pro起售价为1499元，4+128GB版本的Redmi Note 10起售价为999元。在如此亲民的价格下，Note 10系列的产品力却相当可观。尤其在消费者最为关注的芯片领域，Redmi Note 10 Pro竟意外采用了天玑1100芯片。对芯片领域较为熟悉的读者都了解，天玑1100与天玑1200并列，是著名的芯片厂商联发科在2021年最新发布的5G旗舰芯片，主要应用在2000元以上的中高端智能手机。天玑1100采用的是与天玑1200相同的台积电6nm制程，以及A78大核与8核架构，安兔兔V9跑分超过69万，性能相比上代接近翻倍，跑分性能超过高通去年发布的旗舰芯片骁龙865，比高通旗下中端的骁龙778高32%，比骁龙768G高65%。此次Note 10 Pro采用天玑1100芯片，是小米集团第一次在定位中端产品的Redmi Note 10系列“越级”配备了一款旗舰级别的芯片，堪称史上性能最强的Note系列手机。Redmi Note 10虽然起售价只有999元，但在芯片配置上也越级使用了支持5G+5G双卡双待的5G芯片。此次Redmi将5G手机做到千元以下，在行业内尚属首次，这将大大加速5G手机在国内的普及，也将迫使4G手机彻底退出千元以上市场。另外，在Note 10系列发布当天，Redmi品牌还发布了RedmiBook Pro系列的首款轻薄锐龙本——RedmiBook Pro 15锐龙版。其搭载了全新“Zen3”架构的AMD锐龙5000系列标压处理器，7nm制程，8核16线程，处理器可达45W满血性能释放，具有相比友商同价位产品更强劲的性能以及更极致的性价比，堪称5000元段最值得购买的大屏轻薄锐龙本。无论是Note 10 Pro、Note 10还是RedmiBook Pro 15锐龙版，我们都看到Redmi在最核心的芯片领域都采用了相比同价位产品的越级配置。那么，在芯片短缺危机侵袭整个智能硬件产业时，小米集团为什么能够逆势而上呢？小米集团合伙人，中国区、国际部总裁，Redmi品牌总经理卢伟冰在“旗舰芯 小金刚”发布会上表示，芯片短缺将很大程度上考验一个企业的价值观。而“坚持真材实料，坚持高端产品大众化，坚持极致性价比”是Redmi品牌的核心价值观，这种价值观决定了Redmi品牌不会因为短期困难而在芯片配置上进行减配，或者在价格上提升。不过笔者认为恪守价值观虽然是小米采取此举的重要原因之一，但更根本的则是小米近些年在硬件供应链领域的短板补足与系统性能力的提升。如果小米不是在上游供应链领域具有强大的掌控能力，莫说在定价不变的情况下提高芯片配置，保障普通芯片的正常供应都极为困难。回望2015-2016年，小米当时就曾因为供应链能力的缺陷而出现过一次巨大的产品危机与销量危机。为什么小米短短几年便在硬件供应链上出现了如此大的进步呢？笔者认为，这源于小米集团创始人雷军在2016年带领小米核心团队的一次深刻反思，其当时深刻意识到智能手机的本质是一部手机，首先必须在供应链等手机硬件的基本功上过关，这就有了雷军出任小米手机部负责人，亲自来抓产品研发与供应链建设的重要举措。除了雷军亲自上阵之外，小米集团还走马换将，引进曾担任小米早期最重要的代工厂之一南京英华达总经理的张峰，由他直接负责小米集团的供应链管理。供应链核心负责人的优化，成为扭转小米供应链短板的关键动作。张峰也不负众望，在解决硬件供应链短板上发挥出色，并因此跻身小米集团的最核心决策团队。目前，张峰不仅担任小米集团副总裁、参谋长与小米集团采购委员会主席，还入选小米集团合伙人成员。在具体的供应链改善措施上，小米集团则有条不紊地从三个维度展开。首先是以质量为切入点，小米对不合格的供应商进行了更换，选择与更有实力的供应商合作。同时小米集团还成立质量委员会，投入专职力量与巨额成本来提升产品质量。其次，在保证产品质量这个基本盘的同时，小米还持续加强与供应商的紧密联系，进行耦合度更高的联合研发。例如，小米成立了芯片平台部，其从产品定义阶段就开始深度参与到高通、MTK等供应商的联合研发，这也是为什么我们看到近些年小米集团已经取代三星，持续获得高通每一代旗舰芯片的首发权。另外值得一提的是，除了持续获得高通旗舰芯片的首发权，小米也屡屡获得联发科芯片的首发权。例如，Redmi Note 8系列首发了联发科Helio G90T液冷游戏芯，Redmi 10X系列首发了联发科天玑820 5G处理器。最后，小米通过前瞻的产品规划，已经能够做到不随意砍单，这给到了上游供应链充足信心，让它们更愿意与小米形成极具信任感的稳定合作关系，进而保障了在困难时期对小米的优先供给。另外，小米在供应链领域掌控能力的提升，除了在供应链具体环节的努力，还得益于小米其他领域短板的补足，其中最为重要的是小米构建的行业最为均衡的线上线下结合，国内与海外相结合的立体化渠道体系。首先在海外市场，小米集团目前已经进入了全球100多个国家和地区，其中智能手机出货量在全球62个国家和地区市占率排名前五，是12个国家的第一大智能手机品牌。具体而言，小米在俄罗斯（市场份额为32.1%）排名第一，在西班牙（市场份额为35.1%）排名第一，在意大利排名第二，在德国和法国排名第三。总体而言，小米在东欧排名第一，西欧排名第三。在国内市场，线上销售一直是小米的传统优势，自不用多说，而借助大型购物中心在各地兴起的机遇，小米利用自己丰富的产品组合优势，前瞻地聚焦在购物中心进行渠道布局，让小米在线下实现了弯道超车。据悉，截止2021年4月3日上午，小米在沈阳大悦城已经开业了全国第5000家小米之家。去年Redmi Note 9系列发布会上，卢伟冰曾表示在未来一年要将小米之家开到每个县城，加快县级市场下沉，让每个米粉身边都有一个小米之家。并且卢伟冰还表示，在2021年让小米之家遍布全国每个县城。前不久，小米宣布已经完成了江苏、河南两个大省的所有县的小米之家覆盖，接下来将会越来越快地有更多省所有县完成小米之家全覆盖。另外，继在县级市场取得飞速进展后，小米新零售战略进一步提速，全面下沉乡镇市场。卢伟冰在此次发布会上还立下新的目标：新开10000家小米之家乡镇授权店，让乡镇用户享受到高品质高性价比的小米产品。线上线下结合，国内与海外相结合的立体化渠道体系，充分保证了小米集团稳定的出货量。2020年财报显示，小米手机全球出货量高达1.46亿台，稳居全球第三，高端智能手机的销量已突破1000万台。大规模且稳定的出货量，进一步赢得上游供应商与小米的合作信心，愿意优先为其匹配更优质的供应链资源。3随着小米集团在供应链与渠道等领域的系统性能力的提升，强者越强的马太效应正在小米身上显现。就在“旗舰芯 小金刚”发布会次日，小米发布了2021年第一季度财报。财报显示，一季度小米集团总收入达到769亿元，同比增长54.7%；经调整净利润61亿元，同比增长163.8%；每股盈利0.302元，远高于市场预期的0.187元与去年同期的0.089元。其中，智能手机的基本盘业务依然是对小米集团业绩贡献最大的主力。2021年第一季度，小米全球智能手机出货量同比增长69.1%，达到4940万台，全球占有率已经升至14.1%。而此次Redmi Note 10系列发布，小米再次展现出其在供应链领域的优势，从而实现在最核心元器件芯片上的越级配置，这势必将进一步扩大其在智能手机行业的市场份额优势。已经进入正循环的小米，未来将带来什么样的惊喜，值得我们继续期待。----------------------------------------------------和虎友们分享一个好消息，老虎当前支持周末下单了！预挂单是老虎为用户提供的一种增值服务，可以支持用户在非交易时间段下单，目前支持止损单、止损限价单、限价单3种订单类型。也就是说，用户可以在休市期间，比如周末等节假日进行挂单，订单由老虎的交易系统保存，待开市后自动提交到交易所。点击了解详情>>>","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{"01810":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":6439,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":352903203,"gmtCreate":1616846073902,"gmtModify":1704799574705,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good chance","listText":"Good chance","text":"Good chance","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/352903203","repostId":"2122547204","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"2122547204","kind":"live","weMediaInfo":{"introduction":"为用户提供金融资讯、行情、数据，旨在帮助投资者理解世界，做投资决策。","home_visible":1,"media_name":"老虎资讯综合","id":"102","head_image":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8274c5b9d4c2852bfb1c4d6ce16c68ba"},"pubTimestamp":1616766261,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/2122547204?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-03-26 21:44","market":"us","language":"zh","title":"Education stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=2122547204","media":"老虎资讯综合","summary":"周五盘中，部分中概教育股大幅下跌，截至发稿，跟谁学跌超25%，新东方跌近20%，好未来跌15%，网易有道跌7%。同时，部分教育及培训服务中概股大涨。留学和留学后服务公司Elite Education ","content":"<p>On Friday, some Chinese concept education stocks fell sharply during trading. As of press time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/GSX\">Who to learn from</a>It fell more than 25%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EDU\">New Oriental</a>It fell nearly 20%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TAL\">TAL Education Group</a>Down 15%,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/NTES\">NetEase</a>Youdao fell 7%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b4a402349e3fd647067e642578e284c\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Meanwhile, some Chinese concept stocks in the education and training services sector surged. Study Abroad and Post-Study Service Companies<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EEIQ\">Elite Education Group International</a>The circuit breaker was triggered again during trading, and the stock had previously risen 665%. Elite Education Group International primarily provides Chinese students with study and post-study services in the United States through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Quest Holding International LLC (QHI), registered in Ohio, USA. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Middletown, Ohio, USA, QHI was acquired by EEI in 2017.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/123836cbe2c350b84a51e19b69537001\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>At the same time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/CLEU\">Huaxia Boya</a>It rose more than 50%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/WAFU\">Huafu Education</a>The stock surged 186%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.</p><p>In terms of news, the Ministry of Education released the \"Standards for the Construction of Digital Campuses in Higher Education Institutions (Trial),\" which aims to promote the Education Informatization 2.0 Action Plan and develop \"Internet plus Education.\"</p><p>In addition, the Online Education Professional Committee was recently established and issued the \"Initiative to Promote the Healthy Development of the Online Education Industry,\" which advocates that online education companies strengthen self-discipline and standardize their development in five aspects. In addition, the committee also proposed eight key tasks for this year.</p><p>The establishment of the Online Education Professional Committee is a further effort by the Cyberspace Administration of China to regulate online education, and it also signifies that policy attention to the standardized development of online education is continuously increasing.</p><p>Judging from a series of policy actions this year, the rectification and standardized development of the online education industry will be a major theme that cannot be ignored in the education and training industry this year. Two trends deserve attention: first, the proliferation of education and training advertisements under the strong support of capital; and second, the issue of strengthening the management of prepaid funds to prevent irregularities such as absconding. Furthermore, some education companies that exploit policy loopholes and harbor a wishful thinking will lose their space for survival and development, while compliant leading companies will be better able to cope with various risks.</p><p>It can be said that the era of unchecked growth in the online education industry may be coming to an end.</p>","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>Education stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nEducation stocks diverge: GSX shares plunge 25%, while a study abroad concept stock surges.\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<a class=\"head\" href=\"https://laohu8.com/wemedia/102\">\n\n<div class=\"h-thumb\" style=\"background-image:url(https://static.tigerbbs.com/8274c5b9d4c2852bfb1c4d6ce16c68ba);background-size:cover;\"></div>\n\n<div class=\"h-content\">\n<p class=\"h-name\">老虎资讯综合 </p>\n<p class=\"h-time smaller\">2021-03-26 21:44</p>\n</div>\n</a>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p>On Friday, some Chinese concept education stocks fell sharply during trading. As of press time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/GSX\">Who to learn from</a>It fell more than 25%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EDU\">New Oriental</a>It fell nearly 20%.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/TAL\">TAL Education Group</a>Down 15%,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/NTES\">NetEase</a>Youdao fell 7%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b4a402349e3fd647067e642578e284c\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Meanwhile, some Chinese concept stocks in the education and training services sector surged. Study Abroad and Post-Study Service Companies<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/EEIQ\">Elite Education Group International</a>The circuit breaker was triggered again during trading, and the stock had previously risen 665%. Elite Education Group International primarily provides Chinese students with study and post-study services in the United States through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Quest Holding International LLC (QHI), registered in Ohio, USA. Founded in 2012 and headquartered in Middletown, Ohio, USA, QHI was acquired by EEI in 2017.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/123836cbe2c350b84a51e19b69537001\" tg-width=\"840\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>At the same time,<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/CLEU\">Huaxia Boya</a>It rose more than 50%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.<a href=\"https://laohu8.com/S/WAFU\">Huafu Education</a>The stock surged 186%, triggering a circuit breaker at one point during trading.</p><p>In terms of news, the Ministry of Education released the \"Standards for the Construction of Digital Campuses in Higher Education Institutions (Trial),\" which aims to promote the Education Informatization 2.0 Action Plan and develop \"Internet plus Education.\"</p><p>In addition, the Online Education Professional Committee was recently established and issued the \"Initiative to Promote the Healthy Development of the Online Education Industry,\" which advocates that online education companies strengthen self-discipline and standardize their development in five aspects. In addition, the committee also proposed eight key tasks for this year.</p><p>The establishment of the Online Education Professional Committee is a further effort by the Cyberspace Administration of China to regulate online education, and it also signifies that policy attention to the standardized development of online education is continuously increasing.</p><p>Judging from a series of policy actions this year, the rectification and standardized development of the online education industry will be a major theme that cannot be ignored in the education and training industry this year. Two trends deserve attention: first, the proliferation of education and training advertisements under the strong support of capital; and second, the issue of strengthening the management of prepaid funds to prevent irregularities such as absconding. Furthermore, some education companies that exploit policy loopholes and harbor a wishful thinking will lose their space for survival and development, while compliant leading companies will be better able to cope with various risks.</p><p>It can be said that the era of unchecked growth in the online education industry may be coming to an end.</p>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1f49cfbbad938b58f9d764c4f5e672e9","relate_stocks":{"TAL":"好未来","DAO":"有道","GSX":"Tradr 2X Long GS Daily ETF","WAFU":"华富教育","EDU":"新东方","CLEU":"华夏博雅","EEIQ":"Elite Education Group International Ltd"},"is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"2122547204","content_text":"周五盘中，部分中概教育股大幅下跌，截至发稿，跟谁学跌超25%，新东方跌近20%，好未来跌15%，网易有道跌7%。同时，部分教育及培训服务中概股大涨。留学和留学后服务公司Elite Education Group International盘中再次触发熔断，此前涨665%。Elite Education Group International主要通过在美国俄亥俄州注册的全资子公司Quest Holding International LLC(QHI)为中国学生提供在美留学和留学后服务。QHI成立于2012年，总部位于美国俄亥俄州米德尔敦市，于2017年被EEI收购。同时，华夏博雅涨超50%，盘中一度触发熔断。华富教育暴涨186%，盘中一度触发熔断。消息面上，教育部发布《高等学校数字校园建设规范(试行)》，旨在推进教育信息化2.0行动计划，发展“互联网+教育”。此外，近日，在线教育专业委员会的成立，发布《促进在线教育行业健康发展倡议书》，从5个方面倡导在线教育行业企业加强自律、规范发展。此外，委员会还提出了今年的八项重点工作。在线教育专业委员会的成立，是网信办对于在线教育的监管做出的进一步努力，也意味着政策层面对在线教育的规范发展关注在持续加码。从今年以来的政策层面的一系列动作看来，在线教育行业的整顿和规范化发展，将是今年教育培训行业一个不容忽视的主旋律。这其中两个方面趋势值得关注，一是在资本的大力加持下的教育培训广告泛滥的现象，二是为了预防跑路等乱象而加强预收费资金管理的问题。此外，一些钻政策空子，抱有侥幸心态的教育公司，将会失去生存和发展的空间，合规的头部公司将会更有实力应对各类风险。可以说，在线教育行业野蛮生长的时代或将终结。","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{"TAL":0.9,"WAFU":0.9,"DAO":0.9,"CLEU":0.9,"EEIQ":0.9,"EDU":0.9,"GSX":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":4844,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":352903086,"gmtCreate":1616845937745,"gmtModify":1704799573733,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Pi","listText":"Pi","text":"Pi","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/352903086","repostId":"1105845618","repostType":4,"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":5107,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0},{"id":356611357,"gmtCreate":1616771703679,"gmtModify":1704798813994,"author":{"id":"3579388711522687","authorId":"3579388711522687","name":"whiteknighte","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d77175385611ef724b1958c3b4d21241","crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":1,"followedFlag":false,"authorIdStr":"3579388711522687","idStr":"3579388711522687"},"themes":[],"title":"","htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://ttm.financial/post/356611357","repostId":"1170764582","repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1170764582","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1616765445,"share":"https://ttm.financial/m/news/1170764582?lang=en_US&edition=fundamental","pubTime":"2021-03-26 21:30","market":"us","language":"zh","title":"A detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1170764582","media":" 一瑜中的","summary":"作者：张瑜 付春生主要观点1.9万亿美元救济落地后，关于拜登基建计划的讨论热度迅速升温。由于计划目前尚未正式公布，本篇报告以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本，从四个角度（必要性、历史比较、","content":"<p>Authors: Zhang Yu, Fu Chunsheng</p><p><b>Main points</b></p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion relief package, discussions about Biden's infrastructure plan quickly heated up. Since the plan has not yet been officially announced, this report uses Biden's infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed during his campaign as a blueprint to understand Biden's infrastructure and tax increases from four perspectives (necessity, historical comparison, specific measures, and impact), in order to gain a general understanding of the measures and impact of the formal reconstruction plan in the future.</p><p>Biden's infrastructure: How to build it?</p><p><b>1. Is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at present?</b></p><p>It is absolutely necessary. First, the state of infrastructure is worrying. According to ASCE's latest assessment, U.S. infrastructure remains \"mostly substandard,\" indicating a serious \"deterioration.\" According to the Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, up from 5th in 2002. Secondly, there is a large investment gap. The total infrastructure investment gap over the next decade has reached $2.59 trillion. Finally, infrastructure spending is far lower than that of major economies. Europe's infrastructure spending is equivalent to 5% of GDP, China's infrastructure spending is about 8% of GDP, and the United States' is only 2.4%. The United States mainly relies on local and state governments for infrastructure investment, but local governments are gradually \"unable to keep up\". As infrastructure stock continues to grow, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, and new investment has been declining since the beginning of the 21st century.</p><p><b>II. Are there any precedents for the federal government leading infrastructure investment?</b></p><p>Historically, Biden's infrastructure investment is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment, with the largest investment being the Roosevelt New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which spent $120 billion on infrastructure, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, accounting for 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's information superhighway program cost a total of $400 billion, accounting for 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's infrastructure investment amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><b>III. What are Biden's specific infrastructure measures?</b></p><p>The plan proposed on Biden's campaign website is $2 trillion over 10 years, representing 9.3% of 2019 GDP. Infrastructure investment amounted to $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan has three key points: 1) The content is very broad. It covers eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean power investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization. 2) Promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". 3) Keep manufacturing in the United States. The need to prevent manufacturing relocation is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. It should be noted that the investment amounts for each sector in the plan are not yet clear, and only a few projects have proposed specific investment amounts.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's infrastructure projects have on the US economy?</b></p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Over 10 years, infrastructure spending will be approximately $130 billion annually. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (assessed by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion annually, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019. 2) Impact on employment: Biden's reconstruction plan may create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade. 3) Bank of America estimates that Biden’s infrastructure plan may bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant” GDP growth in the long term.</p><p>Biden raises taxes: How?</p><p><b>First, Biden's tax increase is almost certain.</b></p><p>Three reasons: 1) Tax increases are one of Biden's campaign slogans, and they are likely to be implemented. 2) Biden's campaign website explicitly states that the $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be raised entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of (taxes).\" 3) Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (Biden's reconstruction plan) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p><b>Second, there are precedents for raising taxes.</b></p><p>Since the 1950s, the income tax rate in the United States has generally shown a downward trend, with more tax cuts and fewer tax increases. There were three major tax increases. The first was the \"Vietnam War Surcharge\" levied from 1968 to 1970 to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War. Second, in 1990, George H.W. Bush raised taxes to cope with the growing deficit. Third, Clinton raised taxes in 1993, which was the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950, and its purpose was to reduce the fiscal deficit.</p><p><b>Third, the tax burden on the wealthy will increase, while the burden on the lower and middle classes will decrease; The tax burden on enterprises will increase, but the return of manufacturing will be encouraged.</b></p><p>Biden's target audience for tax increases is very clear: wealthy individuals and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes have been increased. On the one hand, the wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for the wealthy will be increased; on the other hand, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some other corporate taxes will be adjusted.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's tariffs have on the US economy?</b></p><p>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over 10 years). In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p><b>Two key timelines: When might a formal redevelopment plan be launched?</b></p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14th of this year, he clearly stated, \"When I appear before a joint session of Congress for the first time next month, I will present my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future.'\" Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11th, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi stated, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14th, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki said that there was no set date yet. Historically, the president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" no later than February. It is now expected overseas that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April, at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>First, after October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation procedure\". Second, the positive statements from top Democrats indicate that they will push the reconstruction plan to a congressional vote as quickly as possible or pursue a budget reconciliation process at the beginning of the new fiscal year.</p><p>Risk warning: Disagreements arise within the Democratic Party regarding the reconstruction plan.</p><p><b>Report Directory</b></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8a2d175dd5fcc77e4928e9a8001033b8\" tg-width=\"962\" tg-height=\"739\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Main text of the report</p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief Plan, discussions about the Biden Recovery Plan (Build Back Better Recovery Plan, which is also referred to as the \"Biden Infrastructure Plan\" in relevant domestic and international reports and reports because most of its measures are related to infrastructure) quickly intensified. According to a Bloomberg report on March 22, a reconstruction plan will soon be submitted to Biden, and the plan also includes a tax increase. White House Press Secretary Psaki also stated on the 22nd, \"Time is running out, so he will discuss the options, scale, and scope with his team this week.\" According to Biden's statement when proposing the relief plan, he will present his reconstruction plan to members of Congress during his first appearance at a joint session of Congress and his \"speech to a joint session of Congress,\" so the reconstruction plan may be officially \"unveiled\" in April.</p><p>Since Biden's reconstruction plan has not yet been released, this report will use the infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed by Biden during his campaign as a blueprint for analysis.</p><p>I. Biden's Infrastructure: How to \"Build\"?</p><p>Regarding Biden's infrastructure, we mainly need to clarify four questions. First, is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at this time? Second, is there any historical experience of the US government leading large-scale infrastructure investment? If so, historically, what is the scale of Biden's infrastructure investment? Third, how exactly should the specific areas and measures of the infrastructure plan be constructed? Fourth, what is the impact of infrastructure plans on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is it necessary for the United States to build large-scale infrastructure projects at present</p><p>The current state of infrastructure in the United States is worrying, and large-scale investment is very necessary. Most of the infrastructure systems in the United States were built in the 1960s, and many facilities have reached their maximum useful life and are nearing the point of \"obsolescence\".</p><p>I. The infrastructure condition is worrying, and the overall rating is low. The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) rated U.S. infrastructure as \"D+\" (A-F) in 2017 and upgraded to \"C-\" in 2021. Although the rating has improved, it also indicates that U.S. infrastructure is still \"mostly substandard,\" showing a more serious \"deterioration\" situation. From a global perspective, the rating of the US infrastructure sector has also been declining over the past two decades. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, down from 5th in 2002, a drop of 8 places in 17 years.</p><p>Second, the United States currently has a large-scale infrastructure investment gap, which, if not filled, will have a huge negative impact on economic and social development. There are two sources of assessment: 1) A 2021 report by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) stated that the total infrastructure investment gap in the United States has reached $2.59 trillion over the next decade. If not filled, the United States will lose $10 trillion in GDP and $2.4 trillion in exports by 2039. 2) A 2016 McKinsey study estimated that $150 billion in infrastructure investment would be needed annually from 2017 to 2030 to keep up with the U.S. economy’s demand for infrastructure.</p><p>Third, the United States spends far less on infrastructure than the world's major economies and relies heavily on state and local governments. European countries spend 5% of their GDP on infrastructure construction and maintenance, while China spends an average of about 8% of its GDP on infrastructure, while the United States spends only 2.4%[1]. Furthermore, unlike most other industrialized countries, the United States relies primarily on local and state government spending to meet its infrastructure needs. Most European countries or regions fund most infrastructure construction at the national level, but in 2017, only 25% of public infrastructure funding in the United States came from the federal government. This figure is far lower than the peak of 38% in 1977, indicating that the federal government is bearing less and less responsibility for spending on public infrastructure. As the stock of infrastructure in the United States continues to increase, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, which has led to a decline in new infrastructure investment since the early 2000s.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92d1fe0e962d44eff5f6d6a13da64df6\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"482\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/80cf9e50d231575711b16ef73e71bb98\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"383\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(ii) Has the federal government made large-scale infrastructure investments in history?</p><p>Since the beginning of the last century, the United States has experienced four large-scale infrastructure investments led by the federal government. Historically, Biden's infrastructure plan is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the beginning of the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment. The largest investment was in Roosevelt's New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which included $120 billion in infrastructure spending, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, about 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's Information Superhighway program totaled $400 billion, or 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's campaign website announced that infrastructure spending was approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/482f1bb788c01537a9201e79b2e0f4b1\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"380\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>1. Roosevelt's New Deal</p><p>Following the Great Depression, to stimulate employment recovery, Roosevelt signed the National Industrial Recovery Act of 1933, believing that extensive public works programs could directly create jobs. The establishment of agencies such as the Federal Economic Relief Administration, the Public Works Administration (PWA), and the Works Promotion Agency (WPA) has created over ten million jobs in the United States. By the eve of World War II, federal government spending on engineering and direct relief had reached $18 billion, accounting for 31% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 14% of U.S. GDP in 1941. In terms of broad spending, Roosevelt's New Deal federal spending totaled $41.7 billion, accounting for 73% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 32% of U.S. GDP in 1941.</p><p>Large-scale public works spending has also yielded significant results: in terms of public works, WPA's small projects include 78,000 bridges and viaducts and 572,000 miles of rural roads; In the first six years of its establishment, the PWA completed approximately 1.14 street and highway projects, totaling 37,000 miles[2]. By the eve of World War II, the United States had built nearly 1,000 airfields, more than 12,000 sports fields, and more than 800 school buildings and hospitals. In terms of employment, the WPA alone provided jobs for approximately eight million people between 1935 and 1943.</p><p>2. Eisenhower: Interstate Highway</p><p>In the 1950s, Eisenhower advocated the construction of an interstate highway system in the United States. In 1956, he signed the Federal Highway Aid Act, authorizing $25 billion to build 41,000 miles of interstate highways over a decade. This cost would be paid for by tax revenues such as gasoline taxes deposited into the Federal Highway Trust Fund, with the federal government providing about 90% of the total expenditure and the remaining 10% paid by the states. The cost of building interstate highways accounted for about 5.6% of U.S. GDP in 1956.</p><p>3. Clinton: \"Information Superhighway Plan\"</p><p>In 1992, U.S. presidential candidate Bill Clinton proposed building an information superhighway during his campaign. After Clinton took office in 1993, the \"Information Superhighway Project\" was officially implemented. The planned investment is $400 billion over 20 years to gradually lay telecommunications fiber optic cables to all home users. In 1994, the U.S. government proposed an initiative to build a global information infrastructure, which aims to connect global information networks through satellite communications and telecommunications fiber optic cables and form a competitive mechanism for information sharing[3]. The total investment in the Information Superhighway Program accounted for 5.8% of U.S. GDP in 1993.</p><p>4. Obama: ARRA Fiscal Stimulus Act</p><p>Following the financial crisis, Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) fiscal stimulus bill in February 2009, with an initial total size of $787 billion. The Congressional Budget Office projected total spending of approximately $840 billion in 2015, of which about $120 billion was for infrastructure projects, including: $48 billion for transportation and public transportation projects, $31 billion for the modernization of federal buildings, $31 billion for the modernization of school and scientific facilities, $6 billion for water conservancy projects, and $5 billion for housing climate change projects. Infrastructure spending under the ARRA Act accounted for only 0.8% of GDP in 2009.</p><p>(iii) What are the specific measures of Biden's infrastructure plan?</p><p>1. Three key points of the infrastructure plan</p><p>The \"Building Modern, Sustainable Infrastructure and a Fair, Clean Energy Future\" plan proposed on Biden's campaign website spans 10 years and totals $2 trillion, accounting for approximately 9.3% of GDP in 2019. If we only look at infrastructure spending, it is approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan published on the campaign website has two characteristics:</p><p>First, the content is very broad. The plan is not limited to traditional infrastructure and clean energy investments, but also includes new infrastructure such as smart cities and broadband, automotive industry development, building renovation and affordable housing construction, sustainable agriculture, manufacturing revitalization and SME development, and community equality and development.</p><p>Secondly, promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". It can be said that increasing employment and rebuilding the middle class are major objectives of Biden's massive infrastructure development. In Biden's vision, the plan can significantly create new jobs. For example, investment in infrastructure will create millions of jobs, the automotive industry will create 1 million jobs, investment in the power sector will create millions of jobs, investment in construction and housing will create 1 million high-paying jobs, and agricultural protection will create 250,000 jobs.</p><p>Third, keep manufacturing in the United States. Preventing the relocation of manufacturing is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. This statement was mentioned multiple times in the plan, for example: ensuring that automakers are encouraged to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically; Invest in battery technology, but ensure that battery production is carried out domestically, etc.</p><p>In addition, it is worth noting that the specific investment amounts for each sector in the infrastructure plan are still unclear, with only a few projects proposing clear investment amounts. Because the plan was very \"rough,\" it did not have a very detailed spending plan, and only proposed investment amounts for a few projects, such as increasing federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term (the specific procurement plan was not specified). $100 billion to improve public school buildings; In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion to repair highways, roads, and bridges; Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure and provide $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas; An additional $10 billion will be invested over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas; A $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund will be used to fund major infrastructure projects, among other things. The investment amount explicitly mentioned in the plan brief is only a little over $800 billion.</p><p>2. Beyond infrastructure, the plan covers eight major areas.</p><p>Overall, Biden's infrastructure plan is not limited to the \"infrastructure sector,\" but has a very broad scope, covering eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean electricity investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization (a brief introduction is below; see the appendix for details).</p><p>First, build modern infrastructure.</p><p>1) Road repair and construction. In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion in repairing highways, roads, and bridges, and made transportation investments in remote areas. 2) The Second Railway Revolution. Invest heavily in high-speed rail, improve the passenger and freight railway systems, promote the electrification of the railway system, and reduce diesel emissions. 3) Vigorously develop public transportation. By 2030, high-quality public transportation systems will be built in cities with a population of over 100,000. Invest an additional $10 billion over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas. 4) Improve the airport. Double funding for airport improvement programs, provide competitive grants for major airport renovation projects, and fully implement next-generation aviation technology systems. 5) Invest heavily in freight infrastructure, including inland waterways, freight corridors, freight railways, transit facilities and ports. Increase grants for the BUILD and INFRA transportation infrastructure grant projects from 1.8 billion to 3.5 billion annually; Add 2.5 billion yuan annually to the Army Corps of Engineers to promote the modernization of ship locks in inland waterways; Support port port infrastructure. 6) Water conservancy infrastructure construction. Replace aging pipes, double federal investment in clean drinking water and water infrastructure, monitor lead and other contaminants in water systems, and hold polluting companies accountable. Invest in water technology research and development and encourage private sector innovation. 7) New infrastructure projects: smart city construction. $1 billion annually to help five cities pilot new planning strategies and smart city technologies. Invest in broadband networks. Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure, and $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas and increase the number of broadband providers participating. 8) Establish a transformation project fund. Establish a $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund to provide assistance for large and complex infrastructure projects.</p><p>Second, it will enable the U.S. auto industry to lead the world this century and accelerate the transition to low-carbon and carbon-free vehicles.</p><p>1) Demand side: Restore the full tax credit for electric vehicles, use federal procurement to increase demand for clean vehicles, and accelerate the upgrade of 3 million government-system vehicles. The goal is to have all new buses manufactured in the United States achieve zero emissions by 2030, converting 500,000 school buses nationwide into zero-emission vehicles. 2) Encourage automakers to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically. 3) Invest $5 billion in battery and energy storage technologies over five years, while ensuring that battery production is carried out domestically. 4) Establish a national charging system consisting of 500,000 public charging points, and provide an additional $1 billion annually to ensure that charging stations are installed by certified technicians. 5) Convene the U.S. Department of Energy and Transportation to coordinate special demonstration projects and provide grants to municipalities and counties willing to pilot new charging infrastructure. 6) Establish fuel economy standards to reduce air pollution.</p><p>Third, clean power investment: achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035.</p><p>1) Develop clean electricity and achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035. 2) Vigorously develop the power grid, promote market reforms, and expand the regional electricity market. 3) Establish energy efficiency and clean electricity standards (EECES) for utilities and grid operators; 4) Upgrade transmission lines to support a larger regional electricity market and promote large-scale energy storage demonstration projects. 5) Research investment and tax incentives for carbon capture, permanent storage, and utilization of carbon capture technologies will be doubled.</p><p>Fourth, building renovation to improve building energy efficiency.</p><p>1) Promote school modernization. Invest $100 billion to improve public school buildings and upgrade child care and early learning facilities across the country. 2) Building energy-saving renovation. Within four years, 4 million commercial buildings will be upgraded and 2 million households will undergo energy-saving renovations. Promote the electrification of the construction industry and increase investment in energy-saving renovation projects for low-income housing and key technologies such as electric heat pumps; Construction of net-zero carbon federal buildings, etc. 3) The carbon footprint of U.S. building stock will be reduced by half by 2035. 4) Promote the construction of 1.5 million public housing units and inject more funds into low-income communities to promote the construction of affordable housing and the development of small businesses.</p><p>Fifth, make historic investments in clean energy innovation.</p><p>1) Increase federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term, with a focus on purchasing key clean energy inputs such as batteries and electric vehicles. 2) Focus on strategic research areas such as clean energy, clean transportation, clean industrial processes and clean materials over the next four years. 3) Strengthen and build key clean energy supply chains in the United States, address issues such as dependence on rare earth minerals, and accelerate innovation in supply chain resilience. 4) Invest heavily in national laboratories, high-performance computing facilities, and other critical infrastructure.</p><p>Sixth, invest in sustainable agriculture and environmental protection.</p><p>1) Through grassroots climate organizations, call on and mobilize a new generation of Americans to engage in environmental protection and climate change response. 2) Make preliminary investments to clean up the damage and impact of past resource extraction on the environment. 3) Maintain American farms and ranches. Provide low-cost funding for farmers to transition to new equipment and methods, fund research and development in precision agriculture and new crops, and establish a voluntary carbon agriculture market; Pursuing pro-worker and pro-family peasant trade policies; Strengthening food supply security and resilience; Ensure fair competition among small and medium-sized farms, etc.</p><p>Seventh, community equality and development.</p><p>1) Provide $5 billion annually to expand the new market tax credit and make the program permanent; 2) Provide double funding to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund to support financial institutions in low-income areas. 3) Establish a $10 billion urban revitalization fund to carry out creative revitalization projects in struggling cities. 4) Funding anchor institutions in impoverished areas (referring to hospitals, colleges and universities, as well as government administrative agencies, etc.). 5) Fully implement the \"10-20-30 Plan\" (allocating 10% of all federal programs to counties where 20% or more of the population has lived below the poverty line in the past 30 years).</p><p>Eighth, revitalize the country's manufacturing industry and small and medium-sized enterprises.</p><p>1) Revitalize the manufacturing industry. Quadruple funding for the Manufacturing Expansion Partnership Project to provide technical support to small manufacturers in global competition; Develop low-carbon manufacturing in each state; Use tax credits and subsidies to help businesses upgrade equipment and processes, invest in expanding or building new factories, and deploy low-carbon technologies; Provide funding for more competitive or low-carbon manufacturing industries, etc. 2) Promote the development of small and medium-sized enterprises Extend the National Small Business Credit Initiative program to 2025, and increase federal funding to $3 billion; Provide $5 billion to states to develop policies that encourage small business startups, such as supporting technology transfer from public universities to the private sector.</p><p>(iv) What is the impact of Biden's infrastructure on the US economy?</p><p>How should the impact of infrastructure spending on the economy be assessed? We can draw on past assessments of infrastructure effectiveness by American academia and think tanks: 1) A 2014 study by the University of Maryland showed that every $1 spent on public transportation infrastructure investment increases GDP by about $3, with a greater impact during economic recessions. 2) According to a 2014 report by the University of Chicago, an $83 billion infrastructure investment plan—roughly equivalent to 0.6% of GDP—will create 1.7 million jobs in the first three years. 3) According to estimates by global consulting firm McKinsey & Company, every 1 percentage point of GDP increase in U.S. infrastructure spending will create 1.5 million jobs for the economy. 4) The Economic Policy Institute estimates that the return on investment in infrastructure is very high. A review of dozens of infrastructure studies shows that every $100 spent... in the long run will increase private sector output by $13 (median) and $17 (average), respectively. 5) According to the U.S. Congressional Budget Office's (CBO) assessment of Obama's ARRA Act, the output multiplier for infrastructure is between 0.4 and 2.2.</p><p>We can draw on the assessment results of infrastructure effects from American academia and think tanks to roughly estimate the overall impact of Biden's infrastructure plan on the US economy and employment.</p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Biden's infrastructure plan identifies infrastructure spending of approximately $1.3 trillion, with an investment cycle of 10 years, averaging about $130 billion per year, accounting for about 0.6% of GDP in 2019. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (combined with the output multiplier estimated by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP over the next ten years will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019.</p><p>2) Impact on employment: According to the University of Chicago's employment impact estimate, $1.3 trillion in infrastructure spending will create more than 2 million jobs annually over the next decade. According to McKinsey's assessment, it is estimated that approximately 10 million jobs will be created over the next decade. The job impact estimated in the Biden team's plan brief is to create more than 10 million jobs. In summary, Biden's reconstruction plan could create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade.</p><p>3) Bank of America estimated in a report that Biden’s $2 trillion infrastructure plan could bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant growth” in the long term, and that every 1% increase in U.S. GDP growth would bring about 3% to 4% growth in the earnings of S&P 500 companies[4].</p><p>II. Biden's Tax Increase: How Will It Be</p><p>Similarly, let's understand Biden's tax increases from four perspectives. First, is Biden certain he wants to raise taxes, and what is the purpose of raising taxes? Second, is there any precedent for raising taxes in American history? Third, how does Biden plan to raise taxes? Fourth, what impact will the tax increase have on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is Biden determined to raise taxes? What is the purpose?</p><p>Will Biden raise taxes? Tax increases should be a certainty. First, Biden clearly proposed a tax increase plan during his campaign, which was one of his campaign slogans, and it is highly likely that he will implement it. Second, Biden's campaign website states that up to $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be funded entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of taxes.\" Third, Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (referring to Biden's reconstruction plan bill) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p>Biden's tax hikes have three purposes: first, to raise funds for reconstruction programs; second, to fulfill campaign promises; and third, to promote tax fairness through tax system adjustments and to adjust the wealth gap through redistribution. It is clear from the tax system adjustments that the tax burden on the wealthy, high-income groups, and businesses has increased, while the tax credits for low- and middle-income earners have expanded significantly.</p><p>(ii) Are there any precedents for tax increases?</p><p>Before 1950, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States both showed a gradual upward trend. During this period, the main reason for tax increases was to raise funds for war. During World War I and World War II, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax rose significantly. Since the 1950s, the highest marginal tax rates for personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States have generally shown a gradual downward trend, with many periods of tax cuts and very few periods of tax increases.</p><p>There have been five major tax cuts since 1950: the Kennedy tax cuts in 1963, the Carter tax cuts in 1979, the Reagan tax cuts in the 1980s, the George W. Bush tax cuts in 2001, and the Trump tax cuts in 2017.</p><p>The most obvious tax increases since 1950 have been three.</p><p>The first time was in the late 1960s. The main reason for the tax increase was still war factors. From 1968 to 1970, in order to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War, the United States levied the \"Vietnam War Surcharge,\" which was abolished after 1970.</p><p>The second instance was in 1990, when George H.W. Bush passed the Oversight Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to cope with the increased deficit caused by the sharp rise in public spending on defense and healthcare, raising the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 28% to 31%.</p><p>The third was Clinton's tax increase in 1993, which was also the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950. To reduce the fiscal deficit, Clinton proposed a tax increase plan in 1993, raising the top marginal personal income tax rate from 31% to 39.6% and the top marginal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 35%. It is worth noting that the increase in the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 35% to 39.6% in 2012 was not due to tax increases, but rather because the Bush tax cuts had expired, and the tax rate automatically returned to the level before the tax cuts.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/059fc482c64a72c92006019e12fd347f\" tg-width=\"819\" tg-height=\"450\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/9a271519721bfe2d2e70b5c022a30421\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"683\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(iii) How does Biden plan to raise taxes?</p><p>Biden's tax increases mainly focus on two aspects:<b>First, wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for high-income groups; second, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some corporate taxes will be adjusted.</b>As can be seen from the specific details of the following clauses, Biden's targets for tax increases are very clear: wealthy groups and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes of society have been increased.</p><p>1. Individual tax system adjustment: The tax burden on the wealthy increases, while the burden on the lower and middle classes decreases.</p><p>1) A 12.4% Social Security payroll tax would be levied on people earning more than $400,000 a year, split equally between employers and employees. Under the pioneering tax law, individuals with annual incomes above 137,700 do not need to pay Social Security payroll tax.</p><p>2) Raise the maximum personal income tax rate for taxable income exceeding $400,000 from the current 37% to 39.6%; For groups with an annual income exceeding $400,000, even with tax incentives for itemized deductions, their personal income tax rate must not be lower than 28%. Restore the \"Pease Limit\" on item deductions for taxable income exceeding $400,000; For groups with taxable income exceeding $400,000, the eligible business income deduction will be gradually eliminated.</p><p>3) Tax long-term capital gains and qualified Dividend income exceeding US$1 million at an ordinary income tax rate of 39.6%, eliminating the progressive nature of capital gains tax.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Expand the labor income tax credit for employees aged 65 and above without children, and provide individuals with tax credits related to renewable energy; Expand the Child and Dependent Tax Credit (CDCTC) from a maximum of $3,000 to $8,000 ($16,000 for multiple dependents) and increase the maximum reimbursement rate from 35% to 50%. In 2021, the Child Tax Credit (CTC) for children aged 17 and under will be increased from a maximum of $2,000 to $3,000, while an additional $600 credit will be provided for children under 6, with the CTC being fully refunded. It is worth mentioning that the measures regarding CTC have been implemented in the 1.9 trillion relief plan; Rebuild the first-time homebuyer tax credit policy, providing a $15,000 tax credit for first-time homebuyers.</p><p>5) Restore the rates and exemptions for inheritance tax and gift tax to the levels of 2009. Following Trump's tax reform in 2017, the estate and gift tax exemption for 2018-2025 was increased from $5 million to $10 million per person, while the tax rate remained at 40%. If it returns to 2009 levels, the tax allowance will be reduced from the current 10 million to 3.5 million, and the tax rate will increase from 40% to 45%.</p><p>6) Other adjustments lacking clear information: Replace traditional deductions by providing refundable tax credits to balance the tax benefits of traditional retirement accounts (such as 401(k) and individual retirement accounts); Abolish certain provisions of the real estate tax; Expanding the Affordable Care Act premium tax credit; Create a refundable tenant tax credit and provide a credit of no more than $5 billion per year, aiming to keep rent and utility bills below 30% of tenants' monthly income; Increase the amount of housing tax credits for low-income earners.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee544b934d79e80772ee93dede7fba86\" tg-width=\"954\" tg-height=\"583\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c55ac12a24c96f38ba548d45117f82cb\" tg-width=\"945\" tg-height=\"759\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Corporate tax system adjustment: Tax burden increases, but manufacturing is encouraged to return.</p><p>1) Raise the corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28%.</p><p>2) Impose a minimum tax on companies with book profits exceeding $100 million. The minimum tax is an alternative tax – businesses will pay the higher of regular corporate income tax or the 15% minimum tax, while still allowing net operating loss (NOL) and foreign tax credits.</p><p>3) Double the Global Intangible Low Tax Income Tax rate for overseas subsidiaries of U.S. companies from 10.5% to 21%. It is proposed to conduct a country-by-country assessment of GILTI of overseas subsidiaries and remove the provision that treats GILTI below 10% of qualified corporate asset investments (QBAI) as a return exemption.</p><p>Prior to the 2017 tax reform, the United States generally taxed the global income of its companies and residents. U.S. companies could apply to defer taxation on the active business income of their overseas subsidiaries until the income was repatriated to the United States as Dividend. Following tax reform, the United States exempted earnings from active operations of U.S. companies' overseas subsidiaries, meaning they would not be taxed even if these earnings were repatriated (but passive investment income from foreign subsidiaries would still be taxed). The U.S. Congress, concerned that a complete exemption for multinational corporations' foreign income could exacerbate their practice of shifting profits to low-tax jurisdictions overseas, imposed a minimum tax rate of 10.5% on low-tax income from global intangible assets to prevent profit shifting. GILTI refers to revenue generated from intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, and copyrights. Intangible assets are highly mobile, and this tax rate attempts to prevent U.S. companies from transferring intangible assets overseas.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Establish tax credits for the manufacturing sector; Expand tax credits for new markets and make them permanent; Provide tax credits for small businesses that adopt workplace retirement savings plans; Expand tax credits related to renewable energy, including those for carbon capture, use, and storage, as well as those for residential energy efficiency, and restore the Energy Investment Tax Credit (ITC) and Electric Vehicle Tax Credit, ending tax subsidies for fossil fuels.</p><p>5) Other adjustments lacking clear information: A 10% surtax will be imposed on companies that \"transfer manufacturing and service jobs overseas in order to sell products or provide services to the U.S. market.\" A priority 10% Made in America tax credit is provided for activities that resume production, revitalize closed or soon-to-be-closed facilities, restructure facilities to promote manufacturing employment, or expand manufacturing wage scales.</p><p>(iv) The impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy</p><p>The impact of tariffs on the economy is quite complex. We mainly rely on assessments by overseas think tanks to gain a general understanding of the impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy.<b>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over those 10 years).</b>In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p>1. Tax Foundation estimates</p><p>1) Impact of fiscal revenue: Biden’s tax plan will raise approximately $2.8 trillion over the next 10 years. 2) Economic impact: Over the next decade, it will reduce GDP by a total of 1.62%, GNP by a total of 1.83%, reduce the capital stock by 3.75%, reduce the long-term average wage level by 1.15%, and cause the loss of 542,000 jobs. 3) Impact of income distribution: Biden’s tax plan will reduce the after-tax income of the richest 1% of taxpayers by about 7.7% by 2030, and the average after-tax income of all taxpayers will decrease by 1.9%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92310243b616c89248067f2f1a18ffc3\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"475\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Tax Policy Center</p><p>1) Economic impact: This will reduce the total US GDP by 3.4% over the next decade. The impact on GDP will turn positive in 2040, and the positive impact will gradually increase in the years after 2040. 2) Revenue impact: This will reduce U.S. federal revenue by $161 billion from 2021 to 2030 (approximately 8% of total revenue over those 10 years) and by $90 billion from 2031 to 2040. By 2040, the impact of the tax plan on federal revenue will turn positive, and its positive effect will gradually increase in the following years of 2040.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b75c8d26db2d05446f6e6db4dec6a9a\" tg-width=\"944\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/3d0a76e285bdc0d17be49c9ec0fbade5\" tg-width=\"951\" tg-height=\"364\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>III. Key Timeline: When might the formal reconstruction plan be launched?</p><p>Currently, the Biden team has not released a formal plan or investment details. To track Biden's reconstruction plan, there are two key timelines worth paying attention to:</p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden first proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14 this year, he clearly stated: \"Next month, when I attend my first joint session of Congress, I will propose my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future'[5].\" Under normal circumstances, Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11, House Speaker Pelosi said, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki stated, \"There is no set date yet... We are certainly still interested in committing to a joint meeting. We will stay in touch with them, but I don't know the specific time.\" Historically, the latest time a president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" is no later than February. It is now expected that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April[6], at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>The launch and implementation of Biden's reconstruction plan requires the approval of the U.S. Congress. Currently, Democrats control the House of Representatives and can easily pass bills there. However, the Democrats only have a slight advantage in the Senate, with only one more vote than the Republicans, and cannot bypass the Senate's \"filibuster\" (60 votes are required). There are only two ways for Biden's reconstruction plan to pass the Senate. One is to secure the support of at least 10 more Republican senators, provided that all Democratic senators agree. Second, the budget reconciliation process will be reactivated, consistent with the congressional process followed by the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan, requiring only 51 votes to pass the Senate.</p><p>Based on current statements from senior Republican Senate officials, the feasibility of the first option is extremely low. Senate Republican Leader McConnell said on Monday, \"We've heard that a so-called infrastructure bill may be introduced in the coming months, which could actually be a Trojan horse containing significant tax increases and other left-wing policies that harm jobs.\"</p><p>For Biden's reconstruction plan to be implemented, the most likely outcome is to initiate a budget reconciliation process. The U.S. fiscal year runs from October to September of the following year, and the budget reconciliation process can generally only be used once in a fiscal year (originally, the three areas of revenue, expenditure, and deficit each had one opportunity to initiate the budget reconciliation process each fiscal year, but bills generally cover more than one area, and historically, the budget reconciliation process can only be used once in a fiscal year at most). This year, the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan has already used the \"quota\" from fiscal year 2021. If the budget reconciliation process is to be initiated again, it will have to wait until the start of fiscal year 2022. October is the second crucial time. First, by October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation process.\" Secondly, judging from the statements of Democratic lawmakers, they hope to quickly pass the reconstruction plan bill. For example, House Speaker Pelosi hopes that Congress will take swift action to develop a transformative infrastructure plan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/b55345e7966f98cb44655e2ee1d5f0ea\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"379\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Appendix IV: Details of Biden's Reconstruction Plan</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2aeb3bd2d6946393ea99fee60d03300f\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"614\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/118a22c23672c23b7ffdaff2e00b0f9b\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"423\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1fd4d7b6dfaec3e2161aa5abc88d706f\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"522\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee04e29c93d385e9e3f0123b9a2a6941\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"430\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/6a302cf76ac1ec43059d2ec6818aa587\" tg-width=\"806\" tg-height=\"425\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p>","source":"lsy1584436024241","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>A detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nA detailed explanation of Biden's reconstruction plan: How to build it? How much impact will this have on the stock market?\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n<p class=\"head\">\n<strong class=\"h-name small\"> 一瑜中的</strong><span class=\"h-time small\">2021-03-26 21:30</span>\n</p>\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\n<p>Authors: Zhang Yu, Fu Chunsheng</p><p><b>Main points</b></p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion relief package, discussions about Biden's infrastructure plan quickly heated up. Since the plan has not yet been officially announced, this report uses Biden's infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed during his campaign as a blueprint to understand Biden's infrastructure and tax increases from four perspectives (necessity, historical comparison, specific measures, and impact), in order to gain a general understanding of the measures and impact of the formal reconstruction plan in the future.</p><p>Biden's infrastructure: How to build it?</p><p><b>1. Is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at present?</b></p><p>It is absolutely necessary. First, the state of infrastructure is worrying. According to ASCE's latest assessment, U.S. infrastructure remains \"mostly substandard,\" indicating a serious \"deterioration.\" According to the Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, up from 5th in 2002. Secondly, there is a large investment gap. The total infrastructure investment gap over the next decade has reached $2.59 trillion. Finally, infrastructure spending is far lower than that of major economies. Europe's infrastructure spending is equivalent to 5% of GDP, China's infrastructure spending is about 8% of GDP, and the United States' is only 2.4%. The United States mainly relies on local and state governments for infrastructure investment, but local governments are gradually \"unable to keep up\". As infrastructure stock continues to grow, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, and new investment has been declining since the beginning of the 21st century.</p><p><b>II. Are there any precedents for the federal government leading infrastructure investment?</b></p><p>Historically, Biden's infrastructure investment is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment, with the largest investment being the Roosevelt New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which spent $120 billion on infrastructure, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, accounting for 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's information superhighway program cost a total of $400 billion, accounting for 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's infrastructure investment amounted to approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><b>III. What are Biden's specific infrastructure measures?</b></p><p>The plan proposed on Biden's campaign website is $2 trillion over 10 years, representing 9.3% of 2019 GDP. Infrastructure investment amounted to $1.3 trillion, accounting for 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan has three key points: 1) The content is very broad. It covers eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean power investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization. 2) Promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". 3) Keep manufacturing in the United States. The need to prevent manufacturing relocation is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. It should be noted that the investment amounts for each sector in the plan are not yet clear, and only a few projects have proposed specific investment amounts.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's infrastructure projects have on the US economy?</b></p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Over 10 years, infrastructure spending will be approximately $130 billion annually. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (assessed by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion annually, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019. 2) Impact on employment: Biden's reconstruction plan may create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade. 3) Bank of America estimates that Biden’s infrastructure plan may bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant” GDP growth in the long term.</p><p>Biden raises taxes: How?</p><p><b>First, Biden's tax increase is almost certain.</b></p><p>Three reasons: 1) Tax increases are one of Biden's campaign slogans, and they are likely to be implemented. 2) Biden's campaign website explicitly states that the $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be raised entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of (taxes).\" 3) Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (Biden's reconstruction plan) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p><b>Second, there are precedents for raising taxes.</b></p><p>Since the 1950s, the income tax rate in the United States has generally shown a downward trend, with more tax cuts and fewer tax increases. There were three major tax increases. The first was the \"Vietnam War Surcharge\" levied from 1968 to 1970 to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War. Second, in 1990, George H.W. Bush raised taxes to cope with the growing deficit. Third, Clinton raised taxes in 1993, which was the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950, and its purpose was to reduce the fiscal deficit.</p><p><b>Third, the tax burden on the wealthy will increase, while the burden on the lower and middle classes will decrease; The tax burden on enterprises will increase, but the return of manufacturing will be encouraged.</b></p><p>Biden's target audience for tax increases is very clear: wealthy individuals and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes have been increased. On the one hand, the wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for the wealthy will be increased; on the other hand, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some other corporate taxes will be adjusted.</p><p><b>IV. What impact will Biden's tariffs have on the US economy?</b></p><p>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over 10 years). In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p><b>Two key timelines: When might a formal redevelopment plan be launched?</b></p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14th of this year, he clearly stated, \"When I appear before a joint session of Congress for the first time next month, I will present my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future.'\" Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11th, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi stated, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14th, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki said that there was no set date yet. Historically, the president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" no later than February. It is now expected overseas that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April, at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>First, after October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation procedure\". Second, the positive statements from top Democrats indicate that they will push the reconstruction plan to a congressional vote as quickly as possible or pursue a budget reconciliation process at the beginning of the new fiscal year.</p><p>Risk warning: Disagreements arise within the Democratic Party regarding the reconstruction plan.</p><p><b>Report Directory</b></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/8a2d175dd5fcc77e4928e9a8001033b8\" tg-width=\"962\" tg-height=\"739\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Main text of the report</p><p>Following the implementation of the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief Plan, discussions about the Biden Recovery Plan (Build Back Better Recovery Plan, which is also referred to as the \"Biden Infrastructure Plan\" in relevant domestic and international reports and reports because most of its measures are related to infrastructure) quickly intensified. According to a Bloomberg report on March 22, a reconstruction plan will soon be submitted to Biden, and the plan also includes a tax increase. White House Press Secretary Psaki also stated on the 22nd, \"Time is running out, so he will discuss the options, scale, and scope with his team this week.\" According to Biden's statement when proposing the relief plan, he will present his reconstruction plan to members of Congress during his first appearance at a joint session of Congress and his \"speech to a joint session of Congress,\" so the reconstruction plan may be officially \"unveiled\" in April.</p><p>Since Biden's reconstruction plan has not yet been released, this report will use the infrastructure and tax increase plans proposed by Biden during his campaign as a blueprint for analysis.</p><p>I. Biden's Infrastructure: How to \"Build\"?</p><p>Regarding Biden's infrastructure, we mainly need to clarify four questions. First, is it necessary for the United States to invest heavily in infrastructure at this time? Second, is there any historical experience of the US government leading large-scale infrastructure investment? If so, historically, what is the scale of Biden's infrastructure investment? Third, how exactly should the specific areas and measures of the infrastructure plan be constructed? Fourth, what is the impact of infrastructure plans on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is it necessary for the United States to build large-scale infrastructure projects at present</p><p>The current state of infrastructure in the United States is worrying, and large-scale investment is very necessary. Most of the infrastructure systems in the United States were built in the 1960s, and many facilities have reached their maximum useful life and are nearing the point of \"obsolescence\".</p><p>I. The infrastructure condition is worrying, and the overall rating is low. The American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) rated U.S. infrastructure as \"D+\" (A-F) in 2017 and upgraded to \"C-\" in 2021. Although the rating has improved, it also indicates that U.S. infrastructure is still \"mostly substandard,\" showing a more serious \"deterioration\" situation. From a global perspective, the rating of the US infrastructure sector has also been declining over the past two decades. According to the World Economic Forum's Global Competitiveness Report, the United States ranked 13th globally in infrastructure in 2019, down from 5th in 2002, a drop of 8 places in 17 years.</p><p>Second, the United States currently has a large-scale infrastructure investment gap, which, if not filled, will have a huge negative impact on economic and social development. There are two sources of assessment: 1) A 2021 report by the American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE) stated that the total infrastructure investment gap in the United States has reached $2.59 trillion over the next decade. If not filled, the United States will lose $10 trillion in GDP and $2.4 trillion in exports by 2039. 2) A 2016 McKinsey study estimated that $150 billion in infrastructure investment would be needed annually from 2017 to 2030 to keep up with the U.S. economy’s demand for infrastructure.</p><p>Third, the United States spends far less on infrastructure than the world's major economies and relies heavily on state and local governments. European countries spend 5% of their GDP on infrastructure construction and maintenance, while China spends an average of about 8% of its GDP on infrastructure, while the United States spends only 2.4%[1]. Furthermore, unlike most other industrialized countries, the United States relies primarily on local and state government spending to meet its infrastructure needs. Most European countries or regions fund most infrastructure construction at the national level, but in 2017, only 25% of public infrastructure funding in the United States came from the federal government. This figure is far lower than the peak of 38% in 1977, indicating that the federal government is bearing less and less responsibility for spending on public infrastructure. As the stock of infrastructure in the United States continues to increase, state and local governments have had to bear more operating and maintenance costs, which has led to a decline in new infrastructure investment since the early 2000s.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92d1fe0e962d44eff5f6d6a13da64df6\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"482\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/80cf9e50d231575711b16ef73e71bb98\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"383\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(ii) Has the federal government made large-scale infrastructure investments in history?</p><p>Since the beginning of the last century, the United States has experienced four large-scale infrastructure investments led by the federal government. Historically, Biden's infrastructure plan is the second largest federal infrastructure investment in the United States since the beginning of the last century. Since the beginning of the last century, the U.S. federal government has led four rounds of large-scale infrastructure investment. The largest investment was in Roosevelt's New Deal, which spent $18 billion on public works, accounting for 31% of GDP in 1933. The least invested was Obama's ARRA Act, which included $120 billion in infrastructure spending, accounting for 0.8% of GDP in 2009. Eisenhower spent $25 billion to build interstate highways, about 5.6% of GDP in 1956, while Clinton's Information Superhighway program totaled $400 billion, or 5.8% of GDP in 1993. Biden's campaign website announced that infrastructure spending was approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019, making it the second largest investment since the last century.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/482f1bb788c01537a9201e79b2e0f4b1\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"380\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>1. Roosevelt's New Deal</p><p>Following the Great Depression, to stimulate employment recovery, Roosevelt signed the National Industrial Recovery Act of 1933, believing that extensive public works programs could directly create jobs. The establishment of agencies such as the Federal Economic Relief Administration, the Public Works Administration (PWA), and the Works Promotion Agency (WPA) has created over ten million jobs in the United States. By the eve of World War II, federal government spending on engineering and direct relief had reached $18 billion, accounting for 31% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 14% of U.S. GDP in 1941. In terms of broad spending, Roosevelt's New Deal federal spending totaled $41.7 billion, accounting for 73% of U.S. GDP in 1933 and 32% of U.S. GDP in 1941.</p><p>Large-scale public works spending has also yielded significant results: in terms of public works, WPA's small projects include 78,000 bridges and viaducts and 572,000 miles of rural roads; In the first six years of its establishment, the PWA completed approximately 1.14 street and highway projects, totaling 37,000 miles[2]. By the eve of World War II, the United States had built nearly 1,000 airfields, more than 12,000 sports fields, and more than 800 school buildings and hospitals. In terms of employment, the WPA alone provided jobs for approximately eight million people between 1935 and 1943.</p><p>2. Eisenhower: Interstate Highway</p><p>In the 1950s, Eisenhower advocated the construction of an interstate highway system in the United States. In 1956, he signed the Federal Highway Aid Act, authorizing $25 billion to build 41,000 miles of interstate highways over a decade. This cost would be paid for by tax revenues such as gasoline taxes deposited into the Federal Highway Trust Fund, with the federal government providing about 90% of the total expenditure and the remaining 10% paid by the states. The cost of building interstate highways accounted for about 5.6% of U.S. GDP in 1956.</p><p>3. Clinton: \"Information Superhighway Plan\"</p><p>In 1992, U.S. presidential candidate Bill Clinton proposed building an information superhighway during his campaign. After Clinton took office in 1993, the \"Information Superhighway Project\" was officially implemented. The planned investment is $400 billion over 20 years to gradually lay telecommunications fiber optic cables to all home users. In 1994, the U.S. government proposed an initiative to build a global information infrastructure, which aims to connect global information networks through satellite communications and telecommunications fiber optic cables and form a competitive mechanism for information sharing[3]. The total investment in the Information Superhighway Program accounted for 5.8% of U.S. GDP in 1993.</p><p>4. Obama: ARRA Fiscal Stimulus Act</p><p>Following the financial crisis, Obama signed the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) fiscal stimulus bill in February 2009, with an initial total size of $787 billion. The Congressional Budget Office projected total spending of approximately $840 billion in 2015, of which about $120 billion was for infrastructure projects, including: $48 billion for transportation and public transportation projects, $31 billion for the modernization of federal buildings, $31 billion for the modernization of school and scientific facilities, $6 billion for water conservancy projects, and $5 billion for housing climate change projects. Infrastructure spending under the ARRA Act accounted for only 0.8% of GDP in 2009.</p><p>(iii) What are the specific measures of Biden's infrastructure plan?</p><p>1. Three key points of the infrastructure plan</p><p>The \"Building Modern, Sustainable Infrastructure and a Fair, Clean Energy Future\" plan proposed on Biden's campaign website spans 10 years and totals $2 trillion, accounting for approximately 9.3% of GDP in 2019. If we only look at infrastructure spending, it is approximately $1.3 trillion, accounting for about 6.1% of GDP in 2019. The plan published on the campaign website has two characteristics:</p><p>First, the content is very broad. The plan is not limited to traditional infrastructure and clean energy investments, but also includes new infrastructure such as smart cities and broadband, automotive industry development, building renovation and affordable housing construction, sustainable agriculture, manufacturing revitalization and SME development, and community equality and development.</p><p>Secondly, promoting employment and rebuilding the middle class are the \"main focus\". It can be said that increasing employment and rebuilding the middle class are major objectives of Biden's massive infrastructure development. In Biden's vision, the plan can significantly create new jobs. For example, investment in infrastructure will create millions of jobs, the automotive industry will create 1 million jobs, investment in the power sector will create millions of jobs, investment in construction and housing will create 1 million high-paying jobs, and agricultural protection will create 250,000 jobs.</p><p>Third, keep manufacturing in the United States. Preventing the relocation of manufacturing is inherently consistent with the need to create jobs. This statement was mentioned multiple times in the plan, for example: ensuring that automakers are encouraged to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically; Invest in battery technology, but ensure that battery production is carried out domestically, etc.</p><p>In addition, it is worth noting that the specific investment amounts for each sector in the infrastructure plan are still unclear, with only a few projects proposing clear investment amounts. Because the plan was very \"rough,\" it did not have a very detailed spending plan, and only proposed investment amounts for a few projects, such as increasing federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term (the specific procurement plan was not specified). $100 billion to improve public school buildings; In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion to repair highways, roads, and bridges; Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure and provide $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas; An additional $10 billion will be invested over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas; A $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund will be used to fund major infrastructure projects, among other things. The investment amount explicitly mentioned in the plan brief is only a little over $800 billion.</p><p>2. Beyond infrastructure, the plan covers eight major areas.</p><p>Overall, Biden's infrastructure plan is not limited to the \"infrastructure sector,\" but has a very broad scope, covering eight major areas: modern infrastructure, automotive industry development, clean electricity investment, building renovation and housing construction, clean energy investment, sustainable agriculture, equal community development, and manufacturing revitalization (a brief introduction is below; see the appendix for details).</p><p>First, build modern infrastructure.</p><p>1) Road repair and construction. In his first year in office, he invested $50 billion in repairing highways, roads, and bridges, and made transportation investments in remote areas. 2) The Second Railway Revolution. Invest heavily in high-speed rail, improve the passenger and freight railway systems, promote the electrification of the railway system, and reduce diesel emissions. 3) Vigorously develop public transportation. By 2030, high-quality public transportation systems will be built in cities with a population of over 100,000. Invest an additional $10 billion over 10 years to support transportation projects in low-income areas. 4) Improve the airport. Double funding for airport improvement programs, provide competitive grants for major airport renovation projects, and fully implement next-generation aviation technology systems. 5) Invest heavily in freight infrastructure, including inland waterways, freight corridors, freight railways, transit facilities and ports. Increase grants for the BUILD and INFRA transportation infrastructure grant projects from 1.8 billion to 3.5 billion annually; Add 2.5 billion yuan annually to the Army Corps of Engineers to promote the modernization of ship locks in inland waterways; Support port port infrastructure. 6) Water conservancy infrastructure construction. Replace aging pipes, double federal investment in clean drinking water and water infrastructure, monitor lead and other contaminants in water systems, and hold polluting companies accountable. Invest in water technology research and development and encourage private sector innovation. 7) New infrastructure projects: smart city construction. $1 billion annually to help five cities pilot new planning strategies and smart city technologies. Invest in broadband networks. Invest $20 billion to build rural broadband infrastructure, and $60 billion to expand broadband access in rural areas and increase the number of broadband providers participating. 8) Establish a transformation project fund. Establish a $40 billion, 10-year transformation project fund to provide assistance for large and complex infrastructure projects.</p><p>Second, it will enable the U.S. auto industry to lead the world this century and accelerate the transition to low-carbon and carbon-free vehicles.</p><p>1) Demand side: Restore the full tax credit for electric vehicles, use federal procurement to increase demand for clean vehicles, and accelerate the upgrade of 3 million government-system vehicles. The goal is to have all new buses manufactured in the United States achieve zero emissions by 2030, converting 500,000 school buses nationwide into zero-emission vehicles. 2) Encourage automakers to build or restructure vehicle or parts factories domestically. 3) Invest $5 billion in battery and energy storage technologies over five years, while ensuring that battery production is carried out domestically. 4) Establish a national charging system consisting of 500,000 public charging points, and provide an additional $1 billion annually to ensure that charging stations are installed by certified technicians. 5) Convene the U.S. Department of Energy and Transportation to coordinate special demonstration projects and provide grants to municipalities and counties willing to pilot new charging infrastructure. 6) Establish fuel economy standards to reduce air pollution.</p><p>Third, clean power investment: achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035.</p><p>1) Develop clean electricity and achieve carbon-free power generation by 2035. 2) Vigorously develop the power grid, promote market reforms, and expand the regional electricity market. 3) Establish energy efficiency and clean electricity standards (EECES) for utilities and grid operators; 4) Upgrade transmission lines to support a larger regional electricity market and promote large-scale energy storage demonstration projects. 5) Research investment and tax incentives for carbon capture, permanent storage, and utilization of carbon capture technologies will be doubled.</p><p>Fourth, building renovation to improve building energy efficiency.</p><p>1) Promote school modernization. Invest $100 billion to improve public school buildings and upgrade child care and early learning facilities across the country. 2) Building energy-saving renovation. Within four years, 4 million commercial buildings will be upgraded and 2 million households will undergo energy-saving renovations. Promote the electrification of the construction industry and increase investment in energy-saving renovation projects for low-income housing and key technologies such as electric heat pumps; Construction of net-zero carbon federal buildings, etc. 3) The carbon footprint of U.S. building stock will be reduced by half by 2035. 4) Promote the construction of 1.5 million public housing units and inject more funds into low-income communities to promote the construction of affordable housing and the development of small businesses.</p><p>Fifth, make historic investments in clean energy innovation.</p><p>1) Increase federal procurement by $400 billion during the first term, with a focus on purchasing key clean energy inputs such as batteries and electric vehicles. 2) Focus on strategic research areas such as clean energy, clean transportation, clean industrial processes and clean materials over the next four years. 3) Strengthen and build key clean energy supply chains in the United States, address issues such as dependence on rare earth minerals, and accelerate innovation in supply chain resilience. 4) Invest heavily in national laboratories, high-performance computing facilities, and other critical infrastructure.</p><p>Sixth, invest in sustainable agriculture and environmental protection.</p><p>1) Through grassroots climate organizations, call on and mobilize a new generation of Americans to engage in environmental protection and climate change response. 2) Make preliminary investments to clean up the damage and impact of past resource extraction on the environment. 3) Maintain American farms and ranches. Provide low-cost funding for farmers to transition to new equipment and methods, fund research and development in precision agriculture and new crops, and establish a voluntary carbon agriculture market; Pursuing pro-worker and pro-family peasant trade policies; Strengthening food supply security and resilience; Ensure fair competition among small and medium-sized farms, etc.</p><p>Seventh, community equality and development.</p><p>1) Provide $5 billion annually to expand the new market tax credit and make the program permanent; 2) Provide double funding to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund to support financial institutions in low-income areas. 3) Establish a $10 billion urban revitalization fund to carry out creative revitalization projects in struggling cities. 4) Funding anchor institutions in impoverished areas (referring to hospitals, colleges and universities, as well as government administrative agencies, etc.). 5) Fully implement the \"10-20-30 Plan\" (allocating 10% of all federal programs to counties where 20% or more of the population has lived below the poverty line in the past 30 years).</p><p>Eighth, revitalize the country's manufacturing industry and small and medium-sized enterprises.</p><p>1) Revitalize the manufacturing industry. Quadruple funding for the Manufacturing Expansion Partnership Project to provide technical support to small manufacturers in global competition; Develop low-carbon manufacturing in each state; Use tax credits and subsidies to help businesses upgrade equipment and processes, invest in expanding or building new factories, and deploy low-carbon technologies; Provide funding for more competitive or low-carbon manufacturing industries, etc. 2) Promote the development of small and medium-sized enterprises Extend the National Small Business Credit Initiative program to 2025, and increase federal funding to $3 billion; Provide $5 billion to states to develop policies that encourage small business startups, such as supporting technology transfer from public universities to the private sector.</p><p>(iv) What is the impact of Biden's infrastructure on the US economy?</p><p>How should the impact of infrastructure spending on the economy be assessed? We can draw on past assessments of infrastructure effectiveness by American academia and think tanks: 1) A 2014 study by the University of Maryland showed that every $1 spent on public transportation infrastructure investment increases GDP by about $3, with a greater impact during economic recessions. 2) According to a 2014 report by the University of Chicago, an $83 billion infrastructure investment plan—roughly equivalent to 0.6% of GDP—will create 1.7 million jobs in the first three years. 3) According to estimates by global consulting firm McKinsey & Company, every 1 percentage point of GDP increase in U.S. infrastructure spending will create 1.5 million jobs for the economy. 4) The Economic Policy Institute estimates that the return on investment in infrastructure is very high. A review of dozens of infrastructure studies shows that every $100 spent... in the long run will increase private sector output by $13 (median) and $17 (average), respectively. 5) According to the U.S. Congressional Budget Office's (CBO) assessment of Obama's ARRA Act, the output multiplier for infrastructure is between 0.4 and 2.2.</p><p>We can draw on the assessment results of infrastructure effects from American academia and think tanks to roughly estimate the overall impact of Biden's infrastructure plan on the US economy and employment.</p><p>1) Impact on GDP: Biden's infrastructure plan identifies infrastructure spending of approximately $1.3 trillion, with an investment cycle of 10 years, averaging about $130 billion per year, accounting for about 0.6% of GDP in 2019. Estimated based on an output multiplier of 0.4-3 (combined with the output multiplier estimated by the University of Maryland and the CBO), the additional output contribution to GDP over the next ten years will be approximately $52 billion to $390 billion, which is about 0.2% to 1.8% of the nominal GDP in 2019.</p><p>2) Impact on employment: According to the University of Chicago's employment impact estimate, $1.3 trillion in infrastructure spending will create more than 2 million jobs annually over the next decade. According to McKinsey's assessment, it is estimated that approximately 10 million jobs will be created over the next decade. The job impact estimated in the Biden team's plan brief is to create more than 10 million jobs. In summary, Biden's reconstruction plan could create more than 10 million jobs in the United States over the next decade.</p><p>3) Bank of America estimated in a report that Biden’s $2 trillion infrastructure plan could bring 2% to 9% GDP growth in the short term and “significant growth” in the long term, and that every 1% increase in U.S. GDP growth would bring about 3% to 4% growth in the earnings of S&P 500 companies[4].</p><p>II. Biden's Tax Increase: How Will It Be</p><p>Similarly, let's understand Biden's tax increases from four perspectives. First, is Biden certain he wants to raise taxes, and what is the purpose of raising taxes? Second, is there any precedent for raising taxes in American history? Third, how does Biden plan to raise taxes? Fourth, what impact will the tax increase have on the US economy?</p><p>(a) Is Biden determined to raise taxes? What is the purpose?</p><p>Will Biden raise taxes? Tax increases should be a certainty. First, Biden clearly proposed a tax increase plan during his campaign, which was one of his campaign slogans, and it is highly likely that he will implement it. Second, Biden's campaign website states that up to $1.3 trillion in infrastructure investment will be funded entirely by \"ensuring that the super-rich and corporations pay their fair share of taxes.\" Third, Treasury Secretary Yellen has stated that part of the spending for the next bill (referring to Biden's reconstruction plan bill) will be raised by tax increases.</p><p>Biden's tax hikes have three purposes: first, to raise funds for reconstruction programs; second, to fulfill campaign promises; and third, to promote tax fairness through tax system adjustments and to adjust the wealth gap through redistribution. It is clear from the tax system adjustments that the tax burden on the wealthy, high-income groups, and businesses has increased, while the tax credits for low- and middle-income earners have expanded significantly.</p><p>(ii) Are there any precedents for tax increases?</p><p>Before 1950, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States both showed a gradual upward trend. During this period, the main reason for tax increases was to raise funds for war. During World War I and World War II, the highest marginal rates of personal income tax and corporate income tax rose significantly. Since the 1950s, the highest marginal tax rates for personal income tax and corporate income tax in the United States have generally shown a gradual downward trend, with many periods of tax cuts and very few periods of tax increases.</p><p>There have been five major tax cuts since 1950: the Kennedy tax cuts in 1963, the Carter tax cuts in 1979, the Reagan tax cuts in the 1980s, the George W. Bush tax cuts in 2001, and the Trump tax cuts in 2017.</p><p>The most obvious tax increases since 1950 have been three.</p><p>The first time was in the late 1960s. The main reason for the tax increase was still war factors. From 1968 to 1970, in order to cover the expenses of the Vietnam War, the United States levied the \"Vietnam War Surcharge,\" which was abolished after 1970.</p><p>The second instance was in 1990, when George H.W. Bush passed the Oversight Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 to cope with the increased deficit caused by the sharp rise in public spending on defense and healthcare, raising the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 28% to 31%.</p><p>The third was Clinton's tax increase in 1993, which was also the largest and most widespread tax increase in the United States since 1950. To reduce the fiscal deficit, Clinton proposed a tax increase plan in 1993, raising the top marginal personal income tax rate from 31% to 39.6% and the top marginal corporate income tax rate from 34% to 35%. It is worth noting that the increase in the highest marginal personal income tax rate from 35% to 39.6% in 2012 was not due to tax increases, but rather because the Bush tax cuts had expired, and the tax rate automatically returned to the level before the tax cuts.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/059fc482c64a72c92006019e12fd347f\" tg-width=\"819\" tg-height=\"450\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/9a271519721bfe2d2e70b5c022a30421\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"683\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>(iii) How does Biden plan to raise taxes?</p><p>Biden's tax increases mainly focus on two aspects:<b>First, wage tax, income tax, capital gains tax, and inheritance tax for high-income groups; second, the corporate income tax rate will be raised again, and some corporate taxes will be adjusted.</b>As can be seen from the specific details of the following clauses, Biden's targets for tax increases are very clear: wealthy groups and businesses, while tax incentives and credits for the lower and middle classes of society have been increased.</p><p>1. Individual tax system adjustment: The tax burden on the wealthy increases, while the burden on the lower and middle classes decreases.</p><p>1) A 12.4% Social Security payroll tax would be levied on people earning more than $400,000 a year, split equally between employers and employees. Under the pioneering tax law, individuals with annual incomes above 137,700 do not need to pay Social Security payroll tax.</p><p>2) Raise the maximum personal income tax rate for taxable income exceeding $400,000 from the current 37% to 39.6%; For groups with an annual income exceeding $400,000, even with tax incentives for itemized deductions, their personal income tax rate must not be lower than 28%. Restore the \"Pease Limit\" on item deductions for taxable income exceeding $400,000; For groups with taxable income exceeding $400,000, the eligible business income deduction will be gradually eliminated.</p><p>3) Tax long-term capital gains and qualified Dividend income exceeding US$1 million at an ordinary income tax rate of 39.6%, eliminating the progressive nature of capital gains tax.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Expand the labor income tax credit for employees aged 65 and above without children, and provide individuals with tax credits related to renewable energy; Expand the Child and Dependent Tax Credit (CDCTC) from a maximum of $3,000 to $8,000 ($16,000 for multiple dependents) and increase the maximum reimbursement rate from 35% to 50%. In 2021, the Child Tax Credit (CTC) for children aged 17 and under will be increased from a maximum of $2,000 to $3,000, while an additional $600 credit will be provided for children under 6, with the CTC being fully refunded. It is worth mentioning that the measures regarding CTC have been implemented in the 1.9 trillion relief plan; Rebuild the first-time homebuyer tax credit policy, providing a $15,000 tax credit for first-time homebuyers.</p><p>5) Restore the rates and exemptions for inheritance tax and gift tax to the levels of 2009. Following Trump's tax reform in 2017, the estate and gift tax exemption for 2018-2025 was increased from $5 million to $10 million per person, while the tax rate remained at 40%. If it returns to 2009 levels, the tax allowance will be reduced from the current 10 million to 3.5 million, and the tax rate will increase from 40% to 45%.</p><p>6) Other adjustments lacking clear information: Replace traditional deductions by providing refundable tax credits to balance the tax benefits of traditional retirement accounts (such as 401(k) and individual retirement accounts); Abolish certain provisions of the real estate tax; Expanding the Affordable Care Act premium tax credit; Create a refundable tenant tax credit and provide a credit of no more than $5 billion per year, aiming to keep rent and utility bills below 30% of tenants' monthly income; Increase the amount of housing tax credits for low-income earners.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee544b934d79e80772ee93dede7fba86\" tg-width=\"954\" tg-height=\"583\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c55ac12a24c96f38ba548d45117f82cb\" tg-width=\"945\" tg-height=\"759\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Corporate tax system adjustment: Tax burden increases, but manufacturing is encouraged to return.</p><p>1) Raise the corporate income tax rate from 21% to 28%.</p><p>2) Impose a minimum tax on companies with book profits exceeding $100 million. The minimum tax is an alternative tax – businesses will pay the higher of regular corporate income tax or the 15% minimum tax, while still allowing net operating loss (NOL) and foreign tax credits.</p><p>3) Double the Global Intangible Low Tax Income Tax rate for overseas subsidiaries of U.S. companies from 10.5% to 21%. It is proposed to conduct a country-by-country assessment of GILTI of overseas subsidiaries and remove the provision that treats GILTI below 10% of qualified corporate asset investments (QBAI) as a return exemption.</p><p>Prior to the 2017 tax reform, the United States generally taxed the global income of its companies and residents. U.S. companies could apply to defer taxation on the active business income of their overseas subsidiaries until the income was repatriated to the United States as Dividend. Following tax reform, the United States exempted earnings from active operations of U.S. companies' overseas subsidiaries, meaning they would not be taxed even if these earnings were repatriated (but passive investment income from foreign subsidiaries would still be taxed). The U.S. Congress, concerned that a complete exemption for multinational corporations' foreign income could exacerbate their practice of shifting profits to low-tax jurisdictions overseas, imposed a minimum tax rate of 10.5% on low-tax income from global intangible assets to prevent profit shifting. GILTI refers to revenue generated from intangible assets such as patents, trademarks, and copyrights. Intangible assets are highly mobile, and this tax rate attempts to prevent U.S. companies from transferring intangible assets overseas.</p><p>4) Tax credits: Establish tax credits for the manufacturing sector; Expand tax credits for new markets and make them permanent; Provide tax credits for small businesses that adopt workplace retirement savings plans; Expand tax credits related to renewable energy, including those for carbon capture, use, and storage, as well as those for residential energy efficiency, and restore the Energy Investment Tax Credit (ITC) and Electric Vehicle Tax Credit, ending tax subsidies for fossil fuels.</p><p>5) Other adjustments lacking clear information: A 10% surtax will be imposed on companies that \"transfer manufacturing and service jobs overseas in order to sell products or provide services to the U.S. market.\" A priority 10% Made in America tax credit is provided for activities that resume production, revitalize closed or soon-to-be-closed facilities, restructure facilities to promote manufacturing employment, or expand manufacturing wage scales.</p><p>(iv) The impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy</p><p>The impact of tariffs on the economy is quite complex. We mainly rely on assessments by overseas think tanks to gain a general understanding of the impact of Biden's tariffs on the US economy.<b>In terms of economic growth, both the Tax Foundation and the Tax Policy Center estimate that tax increases will have a negative impact on economic growth over the next decade, reducing GDP by 1.62% to 3.4% over the next decade. In terms of tax revenue, the Tax Foundation believes that tax increases could raise approximately $2.8 trillion in tax revenue over the next decade, while the Tax Policy Center estimates that tax increases will reduce federal revenue by $161 billion over the next decade (about 8% of total revenue over those 10 years).</b>In addition, the Tax Foundation expects that tax increases will lead to lower wage levels and job losses, narrowing the income gap but reducing the overall after-tax income of residents.</p><p>1. Tax Foundation estimates</p><p>1) Impact of fiscal revenue: Biden’s tax plan will raise approximately $2.8 trillion over the next 10 years. 2) Economic impact: Over the next decade, it will reduce GDP by a total of 1.62%, GNP by a total of 1.83%, reduce the capital stock by 3.75%, reduce the long-term average wage level by 1.15%, and cause the loss of 542,000 jobs. 3) Impact of income distribution: Biden’s tax plan will reduce the after-tax income of the richest 1% of taxpayers by about 7.7% by 2030, and the average after-tax income of all taxpayers will decrease by 1.9%.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/92310243b616c89248067f2f1a18ffc3\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"475\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>2. Tax Policy Center</p><p>1) Economic impact: This will reduce the total US GDP by 3.4% over the next decade. The impact on GDP will turn positive in 2040, and the positive impact will gradually increase in the years after 2040. 2) Revenue impact: This will reduce U.S. federal revenue by $161 billion from 2021 to 2030 (approximately 8% of total revenue over those 10 years) and by $90 billion from 2031 to 2040. By 2040, the impact of the tax plan on federal revenue will turn positive, and its positive effect will gradually increase in the following years of 2040.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/0b75c8d26db2d05446f6e6db4dec6a9a\" tg-width=\"944\" tg-height=\"470\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/3d0a76e285bdc0d17be49c9ec0fbade5\" tg-width=\"951\" tg-height=\"364\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>III. Key Timeline: When might the formal reconstruction plan be launched?</p><p>Currently, the Biden team has not released a formal plan or investment details. To track Biden's reconstruction plan, there are two key timelines worth paying attention to:</p><p><b>The first key time point: April-May this year.</b></p><p>When Biden first proposed the \"American Relief Plan\" on January 14 this year, he clearly stated: \"Next month, when I attend my first joint session of Congress, I will propose my 'Recovery Plan for a Better Future'[5].\" Under normal circumstances, Biden's reconstruction plan should have been formally proposed in February, but the pandemic was the top priority. On February 11, House Speaker Pelosi said, \"We will not do anything until we pass the COVID-19 relief bill.\" Because the American relief plan encountered resistance in Congress and was not officially implemented until March 14, Biden has not yet attended the joint session of Congress, and the reconstruction plan has not been formally proposed.</p><p>When will the joint session of Congress be held? This is the key. On March 24, White House Press Secretary Psaki stated, \"There is no set date yet... We are certainly still interested in committing to a joint meeting. We will stay in touch with them, but I don't know the specific time.\" Historically, the latest time a president has attended a joint session of Congress and delivered a \"speech to a joint session of Congress\" is no later than February. It is now expected that Biden will officially attend a joint session of Congress in April[6], at which time he will introduce the reconstruction plan to lawmakers. Goldman Sachs also predicts that the White House may submit a detailed budget proposal to Congress in May. Based on statements from senior Democratic officials, they hope the infrastructure plan will pass committees under the Senate and House of Representatives in May. Therefore, we expect the total scale and specific project details of the reconstruction plan to be announced in April or May.</p><p><b>The second critical time point: October.</b></p><p>The launch and implementation of Biden's reconstruction plan requires the approval of the U.S. Congress. Currently, Democrats control the House of Representatives and can easily pass bills there. However, the Democrats only have a slight advantage in the Senate, with only one more vote than the Republicans, and cannot bypass the Senate's \"filibuster\" (60 votes are required). There are only two ways for Biden's reconstruction plan to pass the Senate. One is to secure the support of at least 10 more Republican senators, provided that all Democratic senators agree. Second, the budget reconciliation process will be reactivated, consistent with the congressional process followed by the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan, requiring only 51 votes to pass the Senate.</p><p>Based on current statements from senior Republican Senate officials, the feasibility of the first option is extremely low. Senate Republican Leader McConnell said on Monday, \"We've heard that a so-called infrastructure bill may be introduced in the coming months, which could actually be a Trojan horse containing significant tax increases and other left-wing policies that harm jobs.\"</p><p>For Biden's reconstruction plan to be implemented, the most likely outcome is to initiate a budget reconciliation process. The U.S. fiscal year runs from October to September of the following year, and the budget reconciliation process can generally only be used once in a fiscal year (originally, the three areas of revenue, expenditure, and deficit each had one opportunity to initiate the budget reconciliation process each fiscal year, but bills generally cover more than one area, and historically, the budget reconciliation process can only be used once in a fiscal year at most). This year, the $1.9 trillion U.S. relief plan has already used the \"quota\" from fiscal year 2021. If the budget reconciliation process is to be initiated again, it will have to wait until the start of fiscal year 2022. October is the second crucial time. First, by October, the Democratic Party can once again initiate the \"budget reconciliation process.\" Secondly, judging from the statements of Democratic lawmakers, they hope to quickly pass the reconstruction plan bill. For example, House Speaker Pelosi hopes that Congress will take swift action to develop a transformative infrastructure plan.</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/b55345e7966f98cb44655e2ee1d5f0ea\" tg-width=\"1080\" tg-height=\"379\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p>Appendix IV: Details of Biden's Reconstruction Plan</p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2aeb3bd2d6946393ea99fee60d03300f\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"614\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/118a22c23672c23b7ffdaff2e00b0f9b\" tg-width=\"805\" tg-height=\"423\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/1fd4d7b6dfaec3e2161aa5abc88d706f\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"522\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ee04e29c93d385e9e3f0123b9a2a6941\" tg-width=\"804\" tg-height=\"430\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p><p><img src=\"https://static.tigerbbs.com/6a302cf76ac1ec43059d2ec6818aa587\" tg-width=\"806\" tg-height=\"425\" referrerpolicy=\"no-referrer\"></p>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n<p> source：<a href=\"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/wHg1mjYamSNUdcMzJvj0VA\"> 一瑜中的</a></p>\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/ff7dc206228e5f0b17e2120c141f32db","relate_stocks":{".DJI":"道琼斯"},"source_url":"https://mp.weixin.qq.com/s/wHg1mjYamSNUdcMzJvj0VA","is_english":false,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1170764582","content_text":"作者：张瑜 付春生主要观点1.9万亿美元救济落地后，关于拜登基建计划的讨论热度迅速升温。由于计划目前尚未正式公布，本篇报告以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本，从四个角度（必要性、历史比较、具体措施、影响）去理解拜登的基建和加税，以期对未来正式的重建计划的措施和影响进行大致摸底。拜登基建：怎么建？一、美国目前有没有必要大兴基建？非常有必要。首先，基础设施状况堪忧。据ASCE最新评估，美国基础设施仍「大多低于标准」，表现出较为严重的「恶化」状况。据《全球竞争力报告》，2019年美国在基础设施领域的排名居全球第13位，2002年时则居第5位。其次，存在大规模投资缺口。未来十年基建总投资缺口已经达到2.59万亿美元。最后，基建支出力度远低于主要经济体，欧洲基建支出相当于GDP的5％，中国基建支出约占GDP的8％，而美国仅为2.4％。美国主要依赖地方和州政府进行基建投资，但地方政府逐渐「力不能及」。随着基建存量不断增加，州和地方政府不得不承担更多的运营和维护成本，新增投资额自21世纪初以来一直下降。二、有无联邦政府主导基建投资的先例？从历史比较看，拜登基建是上世纪来美国第二大规模的联邦基建投资。上世纪以来，美国联邦政府主导了四轮大规模基建投资，投资力度最大的是罗斯福新政，公共工程类支出180亿美元，占1933年GDP的31%；投资力度最小的是奥巴马ARRA法案，基建类支出1200亿美元，占2009年GDP的0.8%。艾森豪威尔修建州际高速公路的耗资为250亿美元，占1956年GDP的5.6%，克林顿的信息高速公路计划总投资额4000亿，占1993年GDP的5.8%。拜登基建投资的规模大约1.3万亿美元，占2019年GDP的6.1%，是上世纪以来规模第二大的投资。三、拜登基建的具体措施有哪些？拜登竞选网站上提出的计划规模为2 万亿美元，为期10年，占2019年GDP的9.3%；其中基建投资1.3万亿美元，占2019年GDP的6.1%。计划有三个重点：1）内容十分广泛。涵盖了现代化基建、汽车工业发展、清洁电力投资、建筑改造和住房建设、清洁能源投资、可持续农业、社区平等发展和制造业振兴共八大领域。2）促进就业和重建中产阶级是「重头戏」。3）把制造业留在美国。防止制造业外迁与创造就业的需求是内在一致的。需注意的是，计划中各领域的投资额尚不明晰，只有少数项目提出了明确投资额。四、拜登基建对美国经济有何影响？1）对GDP的影响：10年里，每年基建支出约1300亿，按照产出乘数0.4-3来估计（马里兰大学和CBO的评估），每年对GDP的额外产出贡献约为520亿~3900亿美元，约为2019年名义GDP的0.2%~1.8%。2）对就业的影响：拜登的重建计划在未来十年或将给美国创造超千万的就业岗位。3）美银估计，拜登基建计划在短期内可能会带来2％至9％的GDP增长，从长期来看会使GDP「显著增长」。拜登加税：怎么加？一、拜登加税基本是确定的。三大理由：1）加税是拜登竞选口号之一，大概率将履行。2）在拜登竞选网站上明确写到， 1.3万亿基建投资将全部通过「确保超级富豪和企业支付他们公平的（税收）份额」来筹集。3）财政部长耶伦曾表示，下一个法案（拜登重建计划）的一部分支出将由加税来筹集。二、加税有先例可寻。1950年代以来，美国所得税率整体呈下降趋势，减税多，加税少。主要的加税有三次，一是1968-1970年为应对越战开支而征收的「越战附加税」。二是1990年老布什为应对赤字增长而加税。三是1993年克林顿加税，这也是1950年以来美国最大范围和规模的一次加税，其目的也是为了削减财政赤字。三、富人税负增加，中下阶层减负；企业税负增加，但鼓励制造业回流。拜登的加税对象非常明确，就是富有群体和企业，对社会中下阶层的税收优惠和抵免反而提高了。一方面，提高富裕群体的工资税、所得税、资本利得税和遗产税等，另一方面，重新上调企业所得税率，对其他一些企业税进行调整。四、拜登加税对美国经济有何影响？就经济增长而言，税务基金会和税收政策中心均预估加税会对未来十年对经济增长造成负面影响，会使未来十年GDP下降1.62%~3.4%。就税收收入而言，税务基金会认为加税在未来十年可以筹集约2.8万亿税收收入，而税收政策中心估计加税将使未来十年联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占10年总收入的8%）。此外税务基金会预计加税将使工资水平下降、就业岗位流失，使收入差距缩小但整体居民税后收入下降。两个关键时间点：正式的重建计划可能会在什么时候推出？第一个关键时间点：今年4-5月。拜登在今年1月14日提出「美国救济计划」时曾明确说道：「在我下个月第一次出席国会联席会议时，我将提出我的‘重建更好未来的复苏计划’。」拜登的重建计划本应该在2月份就正式提出，但疫情才是第一要务，2月11日众议院议长佩洛西表示，「在我们通过新冠疫情纾困法案之前，我们不会做任何事情。」由于美国救济计划在国会遭遇阻力，直到3月14日才正式落地，因此拜登至今还未出席国会联席会议，重建计划也还没有正式提出。国会联席会议什么时候召开呢？这是关键。3月24日白宫发言人普萨基表示，目前还没有确定时间。历史上，总统出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」的时间最晚不超过2月份。现在海外预期拜登将在4月正式出席国会联席会议，那么届时他将向议员介绍重建计划。另据高盛预计，白宫或在5月向国会递交详细的预算方案。再根据民主党高层的表态，希望基建方案能在5月通过参众两院下属的委员会，所以我们预计，重建计划的总规模和具体的项目细节大概率将于4-5月公布。第二个关键时间点：10月。第一，10月以后民主党可再次启用「预算和解程序」。第二，民主党高层的积极表态表明其会尽可能快地推动重建计划进入国会表决或者在新财年伊始就推动重建计划再走预算和解程序。风险提示：民主党内部就重建计划产生分歧。报告目录报告正文在1.9万亿美国救济计划落地后，关于拜登重建计划（Build Back Better Recovery Plan，因其大部分措施与基建相关，国内外相关报道和报告也将之称为「拜登基建计划」）的讨论热度迅速升温。据彭博3月22日的报道，近期重建计划方案将递交给拜登，且该计划还包含了加税方案。白宫新闻秘书普萨基也在22日表示，「时间快了，所以他本周将与他的团队讨论有哪些选择，规模和范围。」根据拜登在提出救济计划时的表态，他将在第一次出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」时，向国会议员推介他的重建计划，所以重建计划或将在4月正式「亮相」。由于拜登的重建计划目前尚未公布，本篇报告就以拜登在竞选时提出的基建计划和加税计划作为蓝本来分析。一、拜登基建：怎么「建」？关于拜登基建，我们主要弄清楚四个问题即可。第一，美国目前有没有必要大兴基建？第二，有没有美国政府主导基建大投资的历史经验？如果有，从历史比较，拜登基建投资规模如何？第三，基建计划的具体领域和措施，到底如何建？第四，基建计划对美国经济的影响如何？（一）美国目前有必要大兴基建吗？美国目前的基础设施状况堪忧，非常有必要进行大规模投资。美国大部分的基础设施系统建成于1960年代，许多设施已经达到了最大使用期限，接近「报废」的关头。一、基础设施状况堪忧，综合评定等级较低。美国土木工程师学会（ASCE）2017年对美国基础设施的评定等级为「D+」（等级为A-F），2021年的评定等级升至「C-」。虽然评级有所好转，但也表明美国基础设施仍「大多低于标准」，表现出较为严重的「恶化」状况。从全球比较看，近二十年来美国基础设施领域的评级也在不断下降。根据世界经济论坛的《全球竞争力报告》，2019年美国在基础设施领域的排名位居全球第13位，而2002年时则位居5位，17年里下降了8个名次。二、美国目前存在大规模基建投资缺口，如果不弥补，会对经济和社会发展造成巨大负面影响。有两个评估来源：1）美国土木工程师学会（ASCE）2021年报告认为，未来十年美国基建投资总缺口已经达到2.59万亿美元，如果不弥补，到2039年美国将损失10万亿GDP，损失2.4万亿出口。2）麦肯锡2016年的研究认为，从2017年至2030年，每年需要1500亿美元的基础设施投资，才能跟上美国经济对基础设施的需求。三、美国基建支出力度远低于世界主要经济体，并且主要依赖于州和地方政府。欧洲国家在建设和维护基础设施上的支出相当于GDP的5％，中国的基础设施支出平均约占其GDP的8％，而美国仅为2.4％[1]。此外，与多数其他工业化国家的不同之处在于，美国主要依赖地方和州政府的支出来满足其基础设施的需求。大多数欧洲国家或地区在国家层面上为大部分基础设施建设提供资金，但2017年美国公共基础设施资金中只有25％来自联邦政府，这个数字远低于1977年38％的峰值，表明联邦政府在公共基建上承担的支出责任越来越少。随着美国基建存量不断增加，州和地方政府不得不承担更多的运营和维护成本，也使得基建的新增投资额从2000年代初以来一直下降。（二）历史上联邦政府进行过基建大投资吗？上世纪以来，美国经历过四次联邦政府主导的大规模基建投资，从历史比较看，拜登基建计划是上世纪以来美国第二大规模的联邦基建投资。上世纪以来美国联邦政府主导了四轮大规模基建投资，投资力度最大的是罗斯福新政，公共工程相关支出180亿美元，占1933年GDP的31%；投资力度最小的是奥巴马ARRA法案，其中基建类支出1200亿美元，占2009年GDP的0.8%。艾森豪威尔修建州际高速公路的耗资为250亿美元，约占1956年GDP的5.6%，克林顿的信息高速公路计划总投资额4000亿，占1993年GDP的5.8%。拜登竞选网站上公布的基建类支出大约为1.3万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的6.1%，是上世纪以来规模第二大的投资。1、罗斯福新政大萧条后，为了刺激就业复苏，1933年罗斯福签署《国家工业复兴法》，他认为通过广泛的的公共工程计划能直接带来就业机会。通过设立联邦经济救济署、公共工程管理局（PWA）、公共事业振兴署（WPA）等机构为美国带来了逾千万的就业。到二战前夕，联邦政府工程费用和直接救济费用支出高达180亿美元，占1933年美国GDP比重的31%，占1941年美国GDP比重的14%。如果从广义支出看，罗斯福新政的联邦支出总额为417亿美元，占1933年美国GDP比重的73%，占1941年美国GDP比重的32%。大规模公共工程支出也取得了显著成果：公共工程方面，WPA的小型项目包括了7.8万座桥梁和高架桥、57.2万英里乡村公路；而PWA在建立的前六年里即完成了约1.14个街道和公路项目，总长达3.7万英里[2]。到二战前夕，美国一共修建了近1000座飞机场、12000多个运动场、800多座校舍与医院。就业方面，仅WPA就在1935-1943年为大约八百万人提供了工作机会。2、艾森豪威尔：州际高速公路1950年代，艾森豪威尔主张修建美国州际高速公路系统。1956年，他签署了《联邦援助公路法》，获得了250亿美元的授权，用于在十年内建造4.1万英里的州际高速公路，这笔费用将由存入联邦公路信托基金的汽油税等税收收入支付，联邦政府提供约90%的总支出，其余10%由各州支付。修建州际高速公路的耗资约占1956年美国GDP的5.6%。3、克林顿：「信息高速公路计划」1992年，美国总统候选人克林顿在竞选时提出，要建设信息高速公路。1993年克林顿上台后，正式实施「信息高速公路计划」。计划投资额为4000亿美元，为期20年，逐步将电信光缆铺设到所有家庭用户。1994年，美国政府提出建设全球信息基础设施的倡议，旨在通过卫星通讯和电信光缆连通全球信息网络，形成信息共享的竞争机制[3]。信息高速公路计划总投资额占1993年美国GDP的5.8%。4、奥巴马：ARRA财政刺激法案金融危机后，奥巴马在2009年2月签署财政刺激法案《美国复苏和再投资法案（ARRA）》，初始总规模为7870亿美元，2015年国会预算办公室预计总支出大约为8400亿美元，其中大约有1200亿用于基建项目相关支出，包括：480亿用于运输和公共交通项目，310亿用于联邦建筑现代化改造，310亿用于学校设施和科学设施现代化改造，60亿用于水利项目，50亿用于房屋气候改造项目。ARRA法案的基建类支出规模占2009年GDP比重仅为0.8%。（三）拜登基建计划的具体措施？1、基建计划的三个重点拜登竞选网站上提出的「建设现代、可持续的基础设施和公平、清洁的能源未来」计划，计划跨度为期10年，总规模为 2 万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的9.3%；如果仅看基建类支出，大约为1.3万亿美元，约占2019年GDP的6.1%。竞选网站上公布的计划有两个特点：第一，内容十分广泛。计划不仅仅局限于传统的基础设施和清洁能源投资，还包括智慧城市和宽带等新基建，汽车工业发展，建筑改造和保障性住房建设，可持续农业，制造业振兴和中小企业发展，社区平等和发展等多个领域。第二，促进就业和重建中产阶级是「重头戏」。可以说，增加就业和中产阶级重建是拜登大兴基建的一大主要目的。在拜登的设想里，计划可以大幅创造新的就业岗位，比如：基建领域的投资将创造数百万个就业机会，汽车工业领域将创造100万个就业机会，电力领域的投资将创造数百万个就业岗位，建筑和住房领域投资将创造100万个高薪岗位，农业保护领域将创造25万个工作岗位等。第三，把制造业留在美国。防止制造业外迁，与创造就业的需求是内在一致的。这一说法在计划中多次被提及，比如：确保鼓励汽车制造商在国内建造或重组整车或零部件工厂；投资电池技术但要确保电池生产在国内进行等等。此外，值得说明的是，基建计划中各个领域的具体投资额尚不明晰，只有少数项目提出了明确投资额。由于该计划简介十分「粗糙」，并没有十分细致的支出计划，只在少数项目上提出了投资额，比如：在第一个任期内增加4000亿美元的联邦采购（具体采购计划没有说明）；1000亿美元改善公立学校建筑；执政第一年投入500亿美元修复高速公路、公路和桥梁；投资200亿美元建设农村宽带基础设施，提供600亿资金来扩大农村地区的宽带接入；10年内额外投入100亿美元支持低收入地区的交通项目；400亿美元、为期10年的转型项目基金用于资助重大基建项目等等。计划简介中明确提及投资额度的，零零散散加总，仅有8000多亿美元。2、不仅是基建，计划覆盖八大领域整体来看，拜登的基建计划不仅仅是局限在「基建领域」，覆盖面非常广泛，涵盖了现代化基建、汽车工业发展、清洁电力投资、建筑改造和住房建设、清洁能源投资、可持续农业、社区平等发展和制造业振兴共八大领域（下文是简介，详情参见附录）。第一，构建现代化的基建设施。1）道路修复和建设。执政第一年投入500亿美元用于修复高速公路、道路和桥梁，对边远地区进行交通投资等。2）第二次铁路革命。大力投资高铁，完善客运和货运铁路体系，推动铁路系统电气化，减少柴油排放。3）大力发展公共交通。到2030年，在超过10万人口的城市构建高质量的公共交通系统。在10年内额外投入100亿美元支持低收入地区的交通项目。4）改进机场。为机场改善计划提供双倍资金，为主要机场改造项目提供竞争性赠款，全面实施下一代航空技术系统等。5）大力投资货运基础设施，包括内河航道、货运走廊、货运铁路、中转设施和港口。把BUILD和INFRA交通基建赠款项目赠款从每年18亿提高至35亿；每年为陆军工程兵团增加25亿资金，推动内陆水道的船闸现代化；支持港口基础设施。6）水利基础设施建设。更换老化管道，把联邦对清洁饮用水和水基础设施的投资增加一倍，监测供水系统中铅和其他污染物，追究污染企业的责任。投资水技术研发，号召私人部门创新。7）新基建项目：智能城市建设。每年用10亿美元帮助5个城市试行新的规划战略和智慧城市技术。投资宽带网络。投资200亿美元建设农村宽带基础设施， 600亿资金来扩大农村地区的宽带接入，增加宽带提供商的参与数量等。8）建立转型项目基金。设立一个400亿美元、为期10年的转型项目基金，为庞大复杂的基建项目提供援助。第二，使美国汽车业在本世纪领先全球，加快向低碳和无碳汽车过渡。1）需求方面：恢复电动汽车全额税收抵免，利用联邦采购增加清洁汽车的需求，加速300万辆政府系统汽车的升级换代。设定到2030年所有美国制造的新巴士都实现零排放的目标，将全国50万辆校车转化为零排放汽车。2）鼓励汽车制造商在国内建造或重组整车或零部件工厂。3）五年内在电池和储能技术方面投资50亿美元，同时确保电池生产在国内进行。4）建立一个由50万个公共充电网点组成的全国充电系统，每年额外提供10亿美元资金以确保充电站由经过认证的技术人员安装。5）召集美国能源和交通部协调特别示范项目，向愿意试行新型充电基础设施的市镇和县提供赠款。6）制定燃油经济性标准，减少空气污染。第三，清洁电力投资：2035年实现无碳发电。1）发展清洁电力，到2035年实现无碳发电。2）大力发展电网，推动市场改革，扩大区域电力市场。3）为公用事业和电网运营商建立能源效率和清洁电力标准（ EECES ）；4）升级输电线路以支持更大的区域电力市场，推进大规模储能示范项目。5）将加倍提高对捕获碳、永久封存和利用捕获碳的技术的研究投资和税收优惠。第四，建筑改造，提高建筑能效。1）推动学校现代化。投资1000亿美元改善公立学校建筑，升级全国各地的儿童保育和早期学习设施。2）建筑节能改造。在4年内升级400万栋商业建筑，对200万户家庭进行房屋节能改造。推动建筑行业电气化，加大对低收入房屋节能改造项目和电热泵等关键技术的投资；建造净零碳联邦建筑等。3）2035年美国建筑存量碳足迹减少一半。4）推动建设150万套公共住房，向低收入社区注入更多资金以促进经济适用房的建设和小企业的发展。第五，对清洁能源创新进行历史性投资。1）在第一个任期内增加4000亿美元的联邦采购，其中一个重点是购买电池和电动汽车等关键的清洁能源投入。2）未来4年内专注于清洁能源、清洁交通、清洁工业流程和清洁材料等战略研究领域。3）加强和建设美国关键的清洁能源供应链，解决对稀土矿物的依赖等问题，加快供应链弹性方面的创新。4）大力投资国家实验室、高性能计算能力设施以及其他关键基础设施。第六，投资于可持续农业和环境养护。1）通过民间气候组织号召和动员新一代美国人投入到保护环境和应对气候变化的工作中。2）进行前期投资，以清理以往资源开采对环境造成的破坏和影响。3）维护美国的农场和牧场。为农民向新设备和新方法过渡提供低成本资金，资助精密农业和新作物的研究开发，建立自愿碳农业市场；追求亲工人和亲家庭的农民贸易政策；加强粮食供应的安全性和恢复能力；确保中小型农场的竞争公平等。第七，社区平等和发展。1）每年提供50亿美元，扩大新市场税收抵免并使该计划永久化；2）为社区发展金融机构基金提供双倍资金，支持低收入地区的金融机构。3）设立100亿美元的城市振兴基金，在陷入困境的城市开展创造性的振兴项目。4）资助贫困地区的锚定机构（指医院、学院和大学以及政府行政机构等）。5）全面实施「10-20-30计划（在所有联邦项目中，将10%的资金分配给过去30年有20%或以上的人口生活在贫困线以下的县）」。第八，振兴全国的制造业和中小企业。1）振兴制造业。将制造业扩展伙伴项目的资金提高四倍，为小型制造商在全球竞争中提供技术支持；在每个州发展低碳制造业；利用税收抵免和补贴帮助企业升级设备和流程、投资扩建或新建工厂、部署低碳技术；为更具竞争力或低碳的制造业提供资金等。2）推动中小企业发展。把国家小企业信贷倡议计划延长到2025年，联邦拨款增加至30亿美元；向各州提供50亿美元资金，制定鼓励小企业创业的政策，比如支持从公立大学向私营部门转让技术。（四）拜登基建对美国经济的影响？基建类支出对经济的影响如何评估？可以借鉴过往美国学界和智库对基建效果的评估结果：1）2014年马里兰大学的一项研究表明，公共交通基础设施投资每花费1美元，就会使得GDP增长增加约3美元，在经济衰退期间产生的影响更大。2）根据2014年芝加哥大学的报告，一项830亿美元的基础设施投资计划——大约相当于国内生产总值的0.6%——将在头三年创造170万个就业机会。3）根据全球咨询公司麦肯锡的估计，美国基础设施支出每增加1个百分点的GDP，将为经济增加150万个就业机会。4）经济政策研究所估计，础设施投资的回报率很高。对数十项基础设施研究进行回顾，每支出100美元……从长期来看，将使私营部门的产出分别提高13美元（中位数）和17美元（平均值）。5）据美国国会预算办公室（CBO）对奥巴马ARRA法案的评估，基建类的产出乘数在0.4-2.2之间。可借鉴美国学界和智库对基建效果的评估结果，从整体上大概估算拜登基建计划对美国经济和就业的影响。1）对GDP的影响：拜登基建计划中，确定的基建类支出大约是1.3万亿美元，投资周期10年，平均每年的支出约为1300亿，约占2019年GDP比重的0.6%，按照产出乘数0.4-3来估计（结合马里兰大学和CBO估计的产出乘数），未来十年，每年对GDP的额外产出贡献约为520亿~3900亿美元，约为2019年名义GDP的0.2%~1.8%。2）对就业的影响：根据芝加哥大学的就业影响估计，1.3万亿的基建类支出未来十年将每年创造逾200万个工作岗位。根据麦肯锡的评估结果估计，未来十年将带动约1000万的就业。拜登团队在计划简介中的就业影响估计是带动超1000万个就业。综合来看，拜登的重建计划在未来十年或将给美国创造超千万的就业岗位。3）美国银行在一份报告中估计，拜登的2万亿美元的基础设施计划在短期内可能会带来2％至9％的GDP增长，从长期来看会使GDP「显著增长」，并且美国GDP增长每增加1％，将带来标准普尔500公司收益的3％到4％左右的增长[4]。二、拜登加税：怎么加？同样的，我们从四个问题来理解拜登加税。第一，拜登是不是确定要加税，加税的目的是什么？第二，加税在美国历史上有先例吗？第三，拜登打算怎么加税？第四，加税对美国经济有何影响？（一）拜登确定要加税？目的何在？拜登是否要加税？加税应该是肯定的。第一，拜登在竞选时曾明确提出加税计划，这是其竞选口号之一，大概率将履行。第二，在拜登的竞选网站上写到，基础设施领域多达1.3万亿美元的投资，将全部通过「确保超级富豪和企业支付他们公平的（税收）份额」来筹集资金。第三，财政部长耶伦曾表示，下一个法案（指拜登的重建计划法案）的一部分支出将由加税来筹集。拜登加税的三个目的：一是为重建计划筹集资金，二是兑现竞选承诺，三是通过税制调整以促进税收公平，通过二次分配来调节贫富差距。从税制调整中可以很明显地看出，富人和高收入阶层、企业的税负压力增大，而中低收入者的税收抵免则明显扩大。（二）加税有先例可寻吗？在1950年以前，美国个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率均呈逐渐上升趋势，这一时期，加税的主要原因是为战争筹资，在一战和二战期间，个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率大幅上升。从1950年代以来，美国个人所得税和企业所得税最高边际税率整体呈逐渐下降趋势，减税时期多，加税时期极少。1950年以来，主要的减税有五次： 1963年肯尼迪减税、1979年卡特减税、1980年代里根减税、2001年小布什减税、2017年特朗普减税。而1950年以来的加税，最明显的有三次。第一次是1960年代后期，加税的主要原因还是战争因素，从1968年-1970年，为了应对越南战争的开支，美国征收了「越战附加税」，1970年以后取消。第二次是1990年老布什为了应对国防和医疗等社会公共开支大幅上升带来赤字增加，在1990年通过《1990年监察预算调解法案》，将个人所得税最高边际税率从28%提高至31%。第三次是1993年克林顿加税，这一次也是1950年以来美国最大范围和规模的一次加税。为了削减财政赤字，克林顿在1993年提出增税计划，将个人所得税最高边际税率从31%提高至39.6%，将企业所得税最高边际税率从34%提高至35%。值得注意的是，2012年个人所得税最高边际税率从35%上升至39.6%并非是加税导致，而是小布什减税期限已满，税率自动回到减税前的水平。（三）拜登打算如何加税？拜登加税主要是在两个方面，一是高收入群体的工资税、所得税、资本利得税和遗产税等，二是重新上调企业所得税率，对一些企业税进行调整。从下述条款的具体细则中可以看出，拜登的加税对象非常明确，就是富有群体和企业，对社会中下阶层的税收优惠和抵免反而提高了。1、个体税制调整：富人税负增加，中下阶层减负1）对年收入超过40万美元的人征收12.4%的社会保障工资税（Social Security payroll tax），由雇主和雇员平分。在先行的税法下，年收入高于13.77万的个人不需要支付社会保障工资税。2）将应税收入超过40万美元的最高个人所得税税率从现行法律规定的37%上调至39.6%；对于年收入超过40万美元的群体，即便有分项扣除的税收优惠，其个人所得税率也不得低于28%；恢复对应税收入超过40万美元的项目扣除额的「皮斯限制」；对应税收入超过40万美元的群体，逐步取消符合资格的业务收入扣除额。3）按39.6%的普通所得税税率对100万美元以上的长期资本利得和合格股息收入征税，消除资本利得税的累进性。4）税收抵免：扩大65岁以上无子女员工的劳动所得税抵免，为个人提供可再生能源相关的税收抵免；将儿童和受扶养人税收抵免(CDCTC)从最高3000美元扩大到8000美元(多个受扶养人为16000美元)，并将最高偿还率从35%提高到50%。在2021年，将17岁及以下儿童的儿童税收抵免(CTC)从最高2000美元提高到3000美元，同时为6岁以下儿童提供600美元的额外抵免，CTC将全额退还。值得一提的是，关于CTC的措施已在1.9万亿救济计划中实施；重建首次购房者的税收抵免政策，为首次购房者提供1.5万美元的税收抵免。5）将遗产税和赠与税的税率和免税额恢复到2009年的水平。2017年特朗普税改后，将2018-2025年的遗产和赠与税的免税额从每人500万提高至1000万，税率仍然定在40%。如果回到2009年水平，免税额将从现在的1000万降至350万，税率则从40%提高至45%。6）其他缺乏明确信息的调整项目：通过提供可退还的税收抵免来取代传统的扣除项目，以平衡传统退休账户(如401(k)和个人退休账户)的税收优惠；取消房地产税的某些规定；扩大《平价医疗法案》的保费税收抵免；创建可退还的租户税收抵免并提供每年不超过50亿美元的抵免额度，旨在将租金和水电费保持在租户月收入的30%以下；加大对低收入者住房税收抵免的额度。2、企业税制调整：税负增加，但鼓励制造业回流1）将企业所得税税率从21%提高到28%。2）对账面利润超过1亿美元的公司征收最低税。最低税是一种替代税——企业将支付常规企业所得税或15%最低税中的更高者，仍然允许净经营亏损(NOL)和外国税收抵免。3）将美国公司海外子公司的全球无形资产低税收收入(Global Intangible Low Tax Income)税率从10.5%提高一倍至21%。提议对海外子公司的GILTI进行分国家评估，取消将低于合格企业资产投资(QBAI) 10%的GILTI视为回报豁免的条款。在2017年税改前，美国一般对其公司和居民的全球收入征税，美国公司可以申请推迟对海外子公司的活跃业务收益征税，直到收益作为股息汇回美国。在税改之后，美国豁免了美国公司海外子公司活跃业务的收益，即使这些收益被汇回国内也不会被征税(但仍对外国子公司的被动投资收入征税)。美国国会担心将跨国公司的海外收入完全豁免，可能会加剧其将利润转移到海外低税收司法管辖区的做法，因此对全球无形资产低税收收入制定了10.5%的最低税率，以阻止利润转移。GILTI是指无形资产(如专利、商标和版权)带来的收入。无形资产具有高度的可移动性，该税率试图阻止美国公司将无形资产转移到海外。4）税收抵免：建立制造业税收抵免；扩大新市场的税收抵免并使之永久化；为采用工作场所退休储蓄计划的小企业提供税收抵免；扩大与可再生能源相关的税收抵免，包括碳捕获、使用和储存的税收抵免以及住宅能效的税收抵免，并恢复能源投资税收抵免(ITC)和电动汽车税收抵免，结束对化石燃料的税收补贴。5）其他缺乏明确信息的调整项目：对那些「为了向美国市场销售产品或提供服务而将制造业和服务业工作岗位转移到国外」的企业征收10%的附加税。为恢复生产、振兴已关闭或即将关闭的设施、重组设施以促进制造业就业或扩大制造业工资规模的活动，提供优先的10%的「美国制造」税收抵免。（四）拜登加税对美国经济的影响加税对经济的影响较为复杂，主要借鉴海外智库的评估来大致了解拜登加税对美国经济的影响。就经济增长而言，税务基金会和税收政策中心均预估加税会对未来十年对经济增长造成负面影响，会使未来十年GDP下降1.62%~3.4%。就税收收入而言，税务基金会认为加税在未来十年可以筹集约2.8万亿税收收入，而税收政策中心估计加税将使未来十年联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占这10年总收入的8%）。此外，税务基金会预计加税将使工资水平下降、就业岗位流失，使收入差距缩小但整体居民税后收入下降。1、税务基金会（Tax Foundation）的估计1）财政收入的影响：拜登税收计划将在未来10年筹集约2.8万亿美元。2）经济的影响：在未来十年，使GDP总共减少1.62%，GNP总共下降1.83%，使资本存量减少3.75%，使长期平均工资水平下降1.15%，损失54.2万个工作岗位。3）收入分配的影响：拜登的税收计划到2030年将导致最富有的1%纳税人的税后收入减少7.7%左右，所有纳税人的税后收入平均下降1.9%。2、税收政策中心（TaxPolicy Center）1）经济影响：使未来十年美国GDP总共下降3.4%，对GDP的影响将在2040年转正，在2040年以后的年份，正向影响将逐渐增大。2）收入影响：将使2021年至2030年的美国联邦收入减少1610亿美元（约占这10年总收入的8%），2031年至2040年减少900亿美元。到2040年，税收计划对联邦收入的影响将转正，其正效应在2040年的随后年份将逐渐增加。三、关键时间点：正式的重建计划可能会在什么时候推出？目前，拜登团队还没有公布正式的计划方案和投资细则，后续要追踪拜登的重建计划，有两个关键的时间节点值得关注：第一个关键时间点：今年4-5月。拜登在今年1月14日首次提出「美国救济计划」时曾明确说道：「下个月，在我第一次出席国会联席会议时，我将提出我的‘重建更好未来的复苏计划’[5]。」正常情况下，拜登的重建计划本应该在2月份就正式提出，但疫情才是第一要务，2月11日众议院议长佩洛西表示，「在我们通过新冠疫情纾困法案之前，我们不会做任何事情。」由于美国救济计划在国会遭遇阻力，直到3月14日才正式落地，因此拜登至今还未出席国会联席会议，重建计划也还没有正式提出。国会联席会议什么时候召开呢？这是关键。3月24日白宫发言人普萨基表示，「目前还没有确定时间…我们当然仍有兴趣承诺进行一次联合会议。我们会与他们保持联系，但我不知道具体的时间。」历史上，总统出席国会联席会议并发表「在国会联席会议上的演讲」的时间最晚不超过2月份。现在海外预期拜登将在4月正式出席国会联席会议[6]，那么届时他将向议员介绍重建计划。另据高盛预计，白宫或在5月向国会递交详细的预算方案。再根据民主党高层的表态，希望基建方案能在5月通过参众两院下属的委员会，因此我们预计，重建计划的总规模和具体的项目细节大概率将于4-5月公布。第二个关键时间点：10月。拜登的重建计划的推出实施，需要经过美国国会的同意。目前民主党掌控众议院，可以在众议院轻松通过法案。但是民主党在参议院只是略占优势，仅比共和党多1票的投票权，无法绕过参议院的「阻挠议事」（需要60票）。拜登的重建计划要想在参议院获得通过，只有两个办法。一是在保证所有民主党参议员同意的前提下，至少再争取10位共和党参议员的支持。二是再次启用预算和解程序，和1.9万亿美国救济计划走的国会流程一致，只需要51票即可通过参议院。就目前共和党参议院高层的表态来看，第一种办法的可行性非常低，参议院共和党领导麦康奈尔本周一表示：「我们听说，未来几个月可能会提出所谓的基础设施法案，实际上可能是暗藏大幅加税和其他有损就业的左翼政策的特洛伊木马。」拜登的重建计划要想落地，最大的可能是启动预算和解程序。美国财政年度是每年10月至次年9月，预算和解程序一个财年一般只能使用一次（本来收入、支出和赤字三个领域每财年各有一次启动预算和解程序的机会，但是法案一般不只涉及一个领域，基本上三个领域都会覆盖，历史经验看，预算和解程序也是一个财年最多一次），今年1.9万亿美国救济计划已经使用过2021财年的「额度」，若要再次启用预算和解程序，只能等到2022财年开始。10月份是第二个关键的时间点，第一，到10月份，民主党可以再次启用「预算和解程序」。第二，从民主党议员的表态来看，他们希望能快速通过重建计划法案，比如众议院议长佩洛西希望国会快速采取行动制定变革性的基建计划。四附录：拜登重建计划细则内容","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{".DJI":0.9}},"isVote":1,"tweetType":1,"viewCount":6293,"authorTweetTopStatus":1,"verified":2,"comments":[],"imageCount":0,"langContent":"EN","totalScore":0}],"lives":[]}